《大念处经》的注释显示巴利原文
9. Mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttavaṇṇanā
关于总说章节的注释显示巴利原文
Uddesavārakathāvaṇṇanā
373 「如是我闻」,即《大念处经》。今于此中,作前所未见之词句注释:世尊为何宣说「诸比丘,此是唯一道路」此经?因为俱卢国人民有能力接受甚深教法。据说,俱卢国的比丘、比丘尼、优婆塞、优婆夷,由于时节与资具等条件圆满,受用着该国的适宜时节与资具,身体常保安康,内心亦常得安稳。他们因身心康健,获得智慧力之护持,故能领受甚深法谈。世尊见到他们具有接受甚深教法的能力,便在二十一处将业处导归于阿罗汉道,宣说了这部义理甚深的《大念处经》。正如有人得到金篮,便将种种鲜花放入其中;或得到金宝箱,便将七种宝物放入其中;同样地,世尊获得了俱卢国的大众,便宣说了甚深教法。正因如此,世尊也于此宣说了其他义理甚深的经典,如《长部》中的《大因缘经》,《中部》中的《念处经》、《心材譬喻经》、《树譬喻经》、《赖吒和罗经》、《摩犍提经》、《不动适宜经》等。显示巴利原文
373.Evaṃme sutanti mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ. Tatrāyamapubbapadavaṇṇanā – ekāyano ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggoti kasmā bhagavā idaṃ suttamabhāsi? Kururaṭṭhavāsīnaṃ gambhīradesanāpaṭiggahaṇasamatthatāya. Kururaṭṭhavāsino kira bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo utupaccayādisampannattā tassa raṭṭhassa sappāyautupaccayasevanena niccaṃ kallasarīrā kallacittā ca honti. Te cittasarīrakallatāya anuggahitapaññābalā gambhīrakathaṃ paṭiggahetuṃ samatthā honti. Tena nesaṃ bhagavā imaṃ gambhīradesanāpaṭiggahaṇasamatthataṃ sampassanto ekavīsatiyā ṭhānesu kammaṭṭhānaṃ arahatte pakkhipitvā idaṃ gambhīratthaṃ mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ abhāsi. Yathā hi puriso suvaṇṇacaṅkoṭakaṃ labhitvā tattha nānāpupphāni pakkhipeyya, suvaṇṇamañjūsaṃ vā pana labhitvā sattaratanāni pakkhipeyya, evaṃ bhagavā kururaṭṭhavāsiparisaṃ labhitvā gambhīradesanaṃ desesi. Tenevettha aññānipi gambhīratthāni imasmiṃ dīghanikāye mahānidānaṃ majjhimanikāye satipaṭṭhānaṃ, sāropamaṃ, rukkhopamaṃ, raṭṭhapālaṃ, māgaṇḍiyaṃ, āneñjasappāyanti aññānipi suttāni desesi.
而且,在那个地区,四众弟子本就精勤于念处修习,乃至奴仆、佣工们也只会谈论与念处相关的话题。在水边码头、纺线处等场所,全然没有无意义的闲谈。若有人问某位妇女:「大娘,您正在作意哪一种念处?」她若回答:「什么也没有」,众人便责备她说:「你的生命真可悲!虽活着,却如同死人。」然后教导她:「今后切莫如此」,并让她学习一种念处。如果她回答:「我正在作意某某念处」,众人便赞叹说:「善哉!善哉!你的生命善妙,你真正获得了人身,正等觉佛陀正是为你而出世!」等等。不仅此处的人类众生如此致力于念处作意,连依止他们而住的畜生道众生也是如此。显示巴利原文
Apica tasmiṃ janapade catasso parisā pakatiyāva satipaṭṭhānabhāvanānuyogamanuyuttā viharanti, antamaso dāsakammakaraparijānāpi satipaṭṭhānapaṭisaṃyuttameva kathaṃ kathenti. Udakatitthasuttakantanaṭṭhānādīsupi niratthakakathā nāma nappavattati. Sace kāci itthī ‘‘amma, tvaṃ kataraṃ satipaṭṭhānabhāvanaṃ manasikarosī’’ti pucchitā ‘‘na kiñcī’’ti vadati, taṃ garahanti ‘‘dhiratthu tava jīvitaṃ, jīvamānāpi tvaṃ matasadisā’’ti. Atha naṃ ‘‘mā dāni puna evamakāsī’’ti ovaditvā aññataraṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ uggaṇhāpenti. Yā pana ‘‘ahaṃ asukasatipaṭṭhānaṃ nāma manasikaromī’’ti vadati, tassā ‘‘sādhu sādhū’’ti sādhukāraṃ katvā ‘‘tava jīvitaṃ sujīvitaṃ, tvaṃ nāma manussattaṃ pattā, tavatthāya sammāsambuddho uppanno’’tiādīhi pasaṃsanti. Na kevalañcettha manussajātikāva satipaṭṭhānamanasikārayuttā, te nissāya viharantā tiracchānagatāpi.
这里有一则事例:据说,有位戏子带着一只鹦鹉幼雏到处调教。他寄住在一座比丘尼寺附近,离开时忘了带走那只幼雏。沙弥尼们把它收留下来,悉心照料,给它取名为“佛佑”。一天,大长老尼见它坐在面前,便唤道:“佛佑!”它答:“什么事,圣尼?”长老尼问:“你可有任何修习的作意?”它答:“没有,圣尼。”长老尼说:“贤友,住在出家众身边的人,不可放逸,总得要有某种作意。别的你恐怕做不到,那就念诵‘骨、骨’吧。”它便遵从长老尼的教导,时时念诵“骨、骨”。显示巴利原文
Tatridaṃ vatthu – eko kira naṭako suvapotakaṃ gahetvā sikkhāpento vicarati. So bhikkhunupassayaṃ upanissāya vasitvā gamanakāle suvapotakaṃ pamussitvā gato. Taṃ sāmaṇeriyo gahetvā paṭijaggiṃsu. Buddharakkhito tissa nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Taṃ ekadivasaṃ purato nisinnaṃ disvā mahātherī āha – ‘‘buddharakkhitā’’ti. Kiṃ, ayyeti? Atthi te koci bhāvanāmanasikāroti? Natthi, ayyeti. Āvuso, pabbajitānaṃ santike vasantena nāma vissaṭṭhaattabhāvena bhavituṃ na vaṭṭati, kocideva manasikāro icchitabbo, tvaṃ pana aññaṃ na sakkhissasi, ‘‘aṭṭhi aṭṭhī’’ti sajjhāyaṃ karohīti. So theriyā ovāde ṭhatvā ‘‘aṭṭhi aṭṭhī’’ti sajjhāyanto carati.
一天清晨,它坐在门楼顶上晒着柔和的阳光,被一只鸟用爪子抓住。它发出“吱、吱”的叫声。沙弥尼们听到后,说道:“圣尼,佛佑被鸟抓走了,我们去救它!”便拿起土块等物追上去,把它救了下来。带回来后,长老尼把它放在面前,问道:“佛佑,被鸟抓住时,你心里怎么想的?”它答:“圣尼,我什么也没想,只是这样想:一堆骨头抓着另一堆骨头飞去,不知将在何处散落?圣尼,我就只想着那堆骨头。”长老尼说:“善哉!善哉!佛佑,这将成为你未来灭尽诸有的助缘。”如此,即使是畜生道的众生,也致力于念处的作意。因此,世尊为了令他们生起念处智,宣说了这部经。显示巴利原文
Taṃ ekadivasaṃ pātova toraṇagge nisīditvā bālātapaṃ tapamānaṃ eko sakuṇo nakhapañjarena aggahesi. So ‘‘kiri kirī’’ti saddamakāsi. Sāmaṇeriyo sutvā ‘‘ayye buddharakkhito sakuṇena gahito, mocema na’’nti leḍḍuādīni gahetvā anubandhitvā mocesuṃ . Taṃ ānetvā purato ṭhapitaṃ therī āha – ‘‘buddharakkhita, sakuṇena gahitakāle kiṃ cintesī’’ti? Na, ayye, aññaṃ kiñci cintesiṃ, aṭṭhipuñjova aṭṭhipuñjaṃ gahetvā gacchati, katarasmiṃ ṭhāne vippakirissatīti, evaṃ ayye aṭṭhipuñjameva cintesinti. Sādhu, sādhu, buddharakkhita, anāgate bhavakkhayassa te paccayo bhavissatīti. Evaṃ tattha tiracchānagatāpi satipaṭṭhānamanasikārayuttā. Tasmā nesaṃ bhagavā satipaṭṭhānabuddhimeva janento idaṃ suttamabhāsi.
此处,“唯一道路”是指唯一的道路。因为道的名称有——显示巴利原文
Tattha ekāyanoti ekamaggo. Maggassa hi –
道、路、途、径、捷径、车道、行迹,
船、渡桥、筏与泅渡之桥。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Maggo pantho patho pajjo, añjasaṃ vaṭumāyanaṃ; Nāvā uttarasetū ca, kullo ca bhisisaṅkamo’’ti.
道有多种名称。在此处,它是依“行走”(ayana)之名而说的。因此,在“诸比丘,此是一乘道”这句中,应这样理解其含义:诸比丘,这是唯一的道,并非分作两途。又或者,因“应由一人行走”而称为一乘道。“由一人”,是指舍弃群体结伴,以远离独处的心;“应被行走”,即应被修习践行。或者,“他们借此而行”故为“行道”,意即他们由此从轮回走向涅槃。“唯一者之行道”即一乘道。“唯一者”,是指最殊胜者。世尊乃一切众生中最殊胜者,因此这指的是世尊。虽也有其他人借此而行,但此道仍是世尊之行道,因为是由他开创的。正如所说:“婆罗门,世尊正是未生之道的开创者……”(《中部》3.79)。又或者,“它行进”故为“行道”,即运行、转起之意。“于唯一中行进”即一乘道,意思是只在此法、律中转起,而不在其他之处。正如所说:“须跋陀罗,唯有于此法、律中,才有八支圣道。”(《长部》2.214)。以上只是教说的差别,就意义而言,此道实为一个。显示巴利原文
Bahūni nāmāni. Svāyamidha ayananāmena vutto, tasmā ekāyano ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggoti ettha ekamaggo ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggo na dvidhā pathabhūtoti evamattho daṭṭhabbo. Atha vā ekena ayitabboti ekāyano. Ekenāti gaṇasaṅgaṇikaṃ pahāya vūpakaṭṭhena pavivittacittena. Ayitabbo paṭipajjitabbo, ayanti vā etenāti ayano, saṃsārato nibbānaṃ gacchantīti attho. Ekassa ayano ekāyano. Ekassāti seṭṭhassa. Sabbasattaseṭṭho ca bhagavā, tasmā bhagavatoti vuttaṃ hoti. Kiñcāpi hi tena aññepi ayanti, evaṃ santepi bhagavatova so ayano tena uppāditattā. Yathāha ‘‘so hi, brāhmaṇa, bhagavā anuppannassa maggassa uppādetā’’tiādi (ma. ni. 3.79). Ayatīti vā ayano, gacchati pavattatīti attho. Ekasmiṃ ayanoti ekāyano, imasmiññeva dhammavinaye pavattati, na aññatthāti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathāha – ‘‘imasmiṃ kho, subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo upalabbhatī’’ti (dī. ni. 2.214). Desanābhedoyeva heso, atthato pana ekova. Apica ekaṃ ayatīti ekāyano. Pubbabhāge nānāmukhabhāvanānayappavattopi aparabhāge ekaṃ nibbānameva gacchatīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathāha brahmā sahampati –
这位彻见生之灭尽者,具足利益与悲悯,了知一乘道;
凭借此道,过去已得渡,未来正得渡,现在正渡越暴流。
凭借此道,过去已得渡,
将渡越暴流者,与正在渡越者。
显示巴利原文 Ekāyanaṃ jātikhayantadassī, Maggaṃ pajānāti hitānukampī; Etena maggena tariṃsu pubbe, Tarissanti ye ca taranti oghanti. (saṃ. ni. 5.409);
然而,有些人依据“非以二倍达彼岸”这首偈颂的思路,认为此道唯一次便到达涅槃,故而称为“一乘道”,这是不合理的。因为这个意义应当用“一次的行走”这样的语句来表达。若将此义解释为:它有单一的行走、单一的趣向与转起,这样讲,文字上似乎通顺,但意义上在两方面都不能成立。为什么呢?因为这里指的是前行道。以身等四种所缘而转起的前行念处道,才是此处所指,而非出世间道;而且此道是多次行走的,也有多种行道的方式。显示巴利原文
Keci pana ‘‘na pāraṃ diguṇaṃ yantī’’ti gāthānayena yasmā ekavāraṃ nibbānaṃ gacchati, tasmā ‘‘ekāyano’’ti vadanti, taṃ na yujjati. Imassa hi atthassa sakiṃ ayanoti iminā byañjanena bhavitabbaṃ. Yadi pana ekaṃ ayanamassa ekā gati pavattīti evaṃ atthaṃ yojetvā vucceyya, byañjanaṃ yujjeyya, attho pana ubhayathāpi na yujjati. Kasmā? Idha pubbabhāgamaggassa adhippetattā. Kāyādicatuārammaṇappavatto hi pubbabhāgasatipaṭṭhānamaggo idhādhippeto, na lokuttaro, so ca anekavārampi ayati, anekañcassa ayanaṃ hoti.
从前,关于此词句,大长老们也曾有过讨论。持三藏的小龙长老说:“是前行念处道。”而他的老师——持三藏的小善星长老则说:“是混合道。”“尊者,是前行部分吗?”“贤友,是混合的。”当老师再三如此说时,他并未反驳,默然不语。他们未对问题作出决断便起身了。后来,老师长老在去浴室的途中,心中思惟:“我说是混合道,小龙却主张前行道,这里的定论究竟如何?”他从头翻阅经典,翻到“诸比丘,若有人如此修习四念处七年”这一处时,作了标记,便明白了:“出世间道生起之后,绝不可能持续七年;我所说的混合道不能成立,唯有小龙所认为的纯前行道才成立。”于是在初八的诵法集会时,他便去了。显示巴利原文
Pubbepi ca imasmiṃ pade mahātherānaṃ sākacchā ahosiyeva. Tipiṭakacūḷanāgatthero pubbabhāgasatipaṭṭhānamaggoti āha. Ācariyo panassa tipiṭakacūḷasumatthero missakamaggoti āha. Pubbabhāgo bhanteti? Missako, āvusoti. Ācariye pana punappunaṃ bhaṇante appaṭibāhitvā tuṇhī ahosi. Pañhaṃ avinicchinitvāva uṭṭhahiṃsu. Athācariyatthero nahānakoṭṭhakaṃ gacchanto ‘‘mayā missakamaggo kathito, cūḷanāgo pubbabhāgamaggoti ādāya voharati, ko nu kho ettha nicchayo’’ti suttantaṃ ādito paṭṭhāya parivattento ‘‘yo hi koci , bhikkhave, ime cattāro satipaṭṭhāne evaṃ bhāveyya satta vassānī’’ti imasmiṃ ṭhāne sallakkhesi. Lokuttaramaggo uppajjitvā satta vassāni tiṭṭhamāno nāma natthi, mayā vutto missakamaggo na labbhati. Cūḷanāgena diṭṭho pubbabhāgamaggova labbhatīti ñatvā aṭṭhamiyaṃ dhammasavane saṅghuṭṭhe agamāsi.
据说,古时的长老们极为喜爱听闻佛法,一听到声音便争先恐后地喊着“我第一,我第一”,纷纷涌出。那天轮到小龙长老说法,他坐上法座,拿起扇子。当前面的偈颂诵完后,那位站在长老座位旁的人心想:“我不能就这么默然坐着不说话。”古时的长老们没有嫉妒心,不会仅凭个人喜好抬高自己的见解,像举着甘蔗捆那样四处张扬;他们只取合理有据的,舍弃没有根据的。于是那位长老唤道:“贤友,小龙!”小龙长老一听到声音,就如同听到自己老师一般,立刻停下说法,问道:“尊者,有什么事吗?”“贤友,小龙,我刚才所说的混合道是站不住脚的,而你所说的前行念处道才是正确的。”小龙长老心中思惟:“我们的老师是一位通达一切教理、持诵三藏、智慧深广的人,像这样一位比丘都会对此论题感到困惑,将来我的同门兄弟们一定也会迷惑。”于是他取出经典,要从《无碍解道》中确定这一点:“所谓一乘道,即是前行念处道。”显示巴利原文
Porāṇakattherā kira piyadhammasavanā honti, saddaṃ sutvāva ‘‘ahaṃ paṭhamaṃ, ahaṃ paṭhama’’nti ekappahāreneva osaranti. Tasmiñca divase cūḷanāgattherassa vāro, tena dhammāsane nisīditvā bījaniṃ gahetvā pubbagāthāsu vuttāsu therassa āsanapiṭṭhiyaṃ ṭhitassa etadahosi – ‘‘raho nisīditvā na vakkhāmī’’ti. Porāṇakattherā hi anusūyakā honti. Na attano rucimeva ucchubhāraṃ viya evaṃ ukkhipitvā vicaranti, kāraṇameva gaṇhanti, akāraṇaṃ vissajjenti. Tasmā thero ‘‘āvuso, cūḷanāgā’’ti āha. So ācariyassa viya saddoti dhammaṃ ṭhapetvā ‘‘kiṃ bhante’’ti āha. Āvuso, cūḷanāga, mayā vutto missakamaggo na labbhati, tayā vutto pubbabhāgasatipaṭṭhānamaggova labbhatīti. Thero cintesi – ‘‘amhākaṃ ācariyo sabbapariyattiko tepiṭako sutabuddho, evarūpassāpi nāma bhikkhuno ayaṃ pañho āluḷeti, anāgate mama bhātikā imaṃ pañhaṃ āluḷessantīti suttaṃ gahetvā imaṃ pañhaṃ niccalaṃ karissāmī’’ti paṭisambhidāmaggato ‘‘ekāyanamaggo vuccati pubbabhāgasatipaṭṭhānamaggo’’.
在诸道中,八支圣道最为殊胜;在诸谛中,四圣谛最为殊胜;
在诸法中,离欲最为殊胜;在两足众生中,具眼者最为殊胜。
唯有此道,更无他路,能令见清净;
你们当依此道而行,摧破魔王的军队;
若你们依此道而行,必将令苦彻底止息。
显示巴利原文 Maggānaṭṭhaṅgiko seṭṭho, saccānaṃ caturo padā; Virāgo seṭṭho dhammānaṃ, dvipadānañca cakkhumā. Eseva maggo natthañño, dassanassa visuddhiyā; Etañhi tumhe paṭipajjatha, mārasenappamaddanaṃ; Etañhi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhassantaṃ karissathāti. –
他引用这部经文,安立于此。显示巴利原文
Suttaṃ āharitvā ṭhapesi.
“道”是依什么意义而称为道?依导向涅槃的意义,也依为希求涅槃者所应寻求、所应修行的道路之义。“为了有情的清净”:是指为了令那些被贪等垢秽、被贪欲与不正贪等随烦恼所染污内心的有情获得清净。确实,正是依循此道,从此之后,历经十万大劫又四大阿僧祇劫的漫长时光,乃至仅在一大劫之中,以出世的渴爱见佛、慧见佛、皈依见佛、燃灯佛等佛为开端,以释迦牟尼佛为终结,不可胜数的正自觉者、数百位乃至不可计数的独觉佛,以及超胜算数的圣弟子们——这一切有情,皆除去了内心的垢秽,证得最极清净。然而,若依色法的垢秽来说,则根本不存在所谓杂染与清净的施设。正如:显示巴利原文
Maggoti kenaṭṭhena maggo? Nibbānagamanaṭṭhena nibbānatthikehi magganīyaṭṭhena ca. Sattānaṃ visuddhiyāti rāgādīhi malehi abhijjhāvisamalobhādīhi ca upakkilesehi kiliṭṭhacittānaṃ sattānaṃ visuddhatthāya. Tathā hi imināva maggena ito satasahassakappādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ upari ekasmiṃyeva kappe nibbatte taṇhaṅkaramedhaṅkarasaraṇaṅkaradīpaṅkaranāmake buddhe ādiṃ katvā sakyamunipariyosānā aneke sammāsambuddhā anekasatā paccekabuddhā gaṇanapathaṃ vītivattā ariyasāvakā cāti ime sattā sabbe cittamalaṃ pavāhetvā paramavisuddhiṃ pattā. Rūpamalavasena pana saṃkilesavodānapaññattiyeva natthi. Tathā hi –
如果色是杂染的,众生便受染污;
若色清净即得清净,此非大仙所说。
若心杂染,人便染污;
若心清净,人便清净,此乃大仙所说。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Rūpena saṃkiliṭṭhena, saṃkilissanti māṇavā; Rūpe suddhe visujjhanti, anakkhātaṃ mahesinā. Cittena saṃkiliṭṭhena, saṃkilissanti māṇavā; Citte suddhe visujjhanti, iti vuttaṃ mahesinā’’.
正如世尊所说:“比丘们,由于心的杂染,有情便杂染;由于心的清净,有情便清净。”而这样的心清净,正是由这条念处道所成就的,因此他说:“为了有情的清净。”显示巴利原文
Yathāha – ‘‘cittasaṃkilesā, bhikkhave, sattā saṃkilissanti, cittavodānā visujjhantī’’ti. Tañca cittavodānaṃ iminā satipaṭṭhānamaggena hoti. Tenāha ‘‘sattānaṃ visuddhiyā’’ti.
“为了超越愁与悲”:意为为了超越愁与悲,即为了断除它们。因为修习此道时,它能导向超越愁,犹如散他提大臣等人那样;也能导向超越悲,犹如波吒左罗等人那样。因此他说“为了超越愁与悲”。虽然散他提大臣……显示巴利原文
Sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāyāti sokassa ca paridevassa ca samatikkamāya pahānāyāti attho, ayañhi maggo bhāvito santatimahāmattādīnaṃ viya sokasamatikkamāya, paṭācārādīnaṃ viya paridevasamatikkamāya saṃvattati. Tenāha ‘‘sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāyā’’ti. Kiñcāpi hi santatimahāmatto –
你应当净化过去之事,未来也不要任何牵挂;
若你于中间不执取,你便将寂静地生活。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ pubbe taṃ visodhehi, pacchā te mātu kiñcanaṃ; Majjhe ce no gahessasi, upasanto carissasī’’ti. (su. ni. 945);
听闻此偈后,他便同时证得无碍解与阿拉汉果。波吒左罗——显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthaṃ sutvāva saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ patto. Paṭācārā –
子女不能作为救护,父亲也不能,亲属也不能;
为死神所制伏者,于亲族中亦无救护。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Na santi puttā tāṇāya, na pitā nāpi bandhavā; Antakenādhipannassa, natthi ñātīsu tāṇatā’’ti. (dha. pa. 288);
她听闻此偈后,便立于须陀洹果。然而,若不取身、受、心、法中的任一法为所缘,则无真正的修习,故应知他们也是依此道而超越了愁与悲。显示巴利原文
Imaṃ gāthaṃ sutvā sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhitā. Yasmā pana kāyavedanācittadhammesu kañci dhammaṃ anāmasitvā bhāvanā nāma natthi, tasmā tepi imināva maggena sokaparideve samatikkantāti veditabbā.
「为苦与忧的灭尽」:即为身体的苦与心所的忧——此二者的灭尽、止息之义。此道若修习,能致苦的灭尽,如底沙长老等人;亦能致忧的灭尽,如帝释等人。显示巴利原文
Dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamāyāti kāyikadukkhassa cetasikadomanassassa cāti imesaṃ dvinnaṃ atthaṅgamāya, nirodhāyāti attho. Ayañhi maggo bhāvito tissattherādīnaṃ viya dukkhassa, sakkādīnaṃ viya ca domanassassa atthaṅgamāya saṃvattati.
此处解释其义:据说在舍卫城,有一位名叫底沙的富家子弟,舍弃四十俱胝金钱出家,住在无村落的山林中。他弟子的妻子派去五百盗贼,说:“去,取他性命。”那些盗贼前往后将长老围住而坐。长老问道:“居士们,你们为何而来?”他们答:“来取你性命。”长老说:“居士们,请接受我一项担保,再许我活过今夜。”盗贼说:“沙门,这荒山野岭谁能为你担保?”长老便拿起一块大石,击碎自己双腿的胫骨,说道:“居士们,这能作担保吗?”他们于是退到一旁,在经行道的起端生起火,便躺卧休息。长老制伏痛苦的感受后,省察自己的戒行,依止于清净的戒,生起喜悦与欢愉。由此依次增长观智,整夜修习沙门法,于曙光现起时证得阿拉汉果,随后诵出这首感兴偈:显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ atthadīpanā – sāvatthiyaṃ kira tisso nāma kuṭumbikaputto cattālīsa hiraññakoṭiyo pahāya pabbajitvā agāmake araññe viharati. Tassa kaniṭṭhabhātu bhariyā ‘‘gacchatha, naṃ jīvitā voropethā’’ti pañcasate core pesesi. Te gantvā theraṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Thero āha – ‘‘kasmā āgatattha upāsakā’’ti? Taṃ jīvitā voropessāmāti. Pāṭibhogaṃ me upāsakā, gahetvā ajjekarattiṃ jīvitaṃ dethāti. Ko te, samaṇa, imasmiṃ ṭhāne pāṭibhogo bhavissatīti? Thero mahantaṃ pāsāṇaṃ gahetvā dve ūruṭṭhīni bhinditvā ‘‘vaṭṭati upāsakā pāṭibhogo’’ti āha. Te apakkamitvā caṅkamanasīse aggiṃ katvā nipajjiṃsu. Therassa vedanaṃ vikkhambhetvā sīlaṃ paccavekkhato parisuddhaṃ sīlaṃ nissāya pītipāmojjaṃ uppajji. Tato anukkamena vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento tiyāmarattiṃ samaṇadhammaṃ katvā aruṇuggamane arahattaṃ patto imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
我折断双足,为令你们信我;
我厌离、我羞愧——因那带着贪爱的死亡。
我如此思惟之后,便如实现观;
曙光初现之时,我证得阿拉汉果。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Ubho pādāni bhinditvā, saññapessāmi vo ahaṃ; Aṭṭiyāmi harāyāmi, sarāgamaraṇaṃ ahaṃ. Evāhaṃ cintayitvāna, yathābhūtaṃ vipassisaṃ; Sampatte aruṇuggamhi, arahattamapāpuṇi’’nti.
又有一次,三十位比丘从世尊处领受业处后,一同进入一座阿兰若精舍住雨安居。他们彼此约定:“贤友们,在整个夜间,我们只应修习沙门法,不应彼此相见。”就这样安住下来。当他们修习沙门法之后,在拂晓时分开始打瞌睡时,有一只老虎前来,逐一将比丘叼走。竟然没有一人喊出“老虎抓我”。就这样,当五位、十位比丘陆续被吞食之后,到了布萨日,有人问:“其余的贤友到哪里去了?”得知此事后,大家说:“从今以后,谁被抓就要喊‘我被抓了’。”于是他们又继续如此安住。后来,又有一位年轻比丘以同样的方式被老虎抓住,他喊道:“有老虎!尊者!”比丘们便拿起棍杖和火把追赶过去,想要救他出来。老虎攀上一处比丘们无法攀上的断崖,从脚趾开始啃食那位比丘。其他比丘说道:“善士,如今我们确实无能为力了。比丘的殊胜正是在这样的境地中显现的。”那位比丘躺在虎口当中,克制着身体的痛苦,增长着毗婆舍那观智。当被啃食到脚踝时,他证得须陀洹;啃食到膝盖时,证得斯陀含;啃食到肚脐时,证得阿那含;在心脏还未被啃食之前,他便与无碍解一同证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Aparepi tiṃsa bhikkhū bhagavato santike kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā araññavihāre vassaṃ upagantvā ‘‘āvuso, tiyāmarattiṃ samaṇadhammova kātabbo, na aññamaññassa santikaṃ āgantabba’’nti vatvā vihariṃsu. Tesaṃ samaṇadhammaṃ katvā paccūsasamaye pacalāyantānaṃ eko byaggho āgantvā ekekaṃ bhikkhuṃ gahetvā gacchati. Na koci ‘‘maṃ byaggho gaṇhī’’ti vācampi nicchāresi. Evaṃ pañcasu dasasu bhikkhūsu khāditesu uposathadivase ‘‘itare, āvuso , kuhi’’nti pucchitvā ñatvā ca ‘‘idāni gahitena gahitomhīti vattabba’’nti vatvā vihariṃsu . Atha aññataraṃ daharabhikkhuṃ purimanayeneva byaggho gaṇhi. So ‘‘byaggho bhante’’ti āha. Bhikkhū kattaradaṇḍe ca ukkāyo ca gahetvā mocessāmāti anubandhiṃsu. Byaggho bhikkhūnaṃ agatiṃ chinnataṭaṭṭhānamāruyha taṃ bhikkhuṃ pādaṅguṭṭhakato paṭṭhāya khādituṃ ārabhi. Itarepi ‘‘idāni sappurisa, amhehi kattabbaṃ natthi, bhikkhūnaṃ viseso nāma evarūpe ṭhāne paññāyatī’’ti āhaṃsu. So byagghamukhe nipannova taṃ vedanaṃ vikkhambhetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento yāva gopphakā khāditasamaye sotāpanno hutvā, yāva jaṇṇukā khāditasamaye sakadāgāmī, yāva nābhiyā khāditasamaye anāgāmī hutvā, hadayarūpe akhāditeyeva saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ patvā imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
持戒圆满,具足德行,有智慧且善入定;
仅因片刻的放逸,心便被老虎缠缚。
被它抓入爪中,摔在岩石上;
即使老虎将我连骨带筋吞食,
我仍要灭尽一切烦恼,亲自触证解脱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Sīlavā vatasampanno, paññavā susamāhito; Muhuttaṃ pamādamanvāya, byagghenoruddhamānaso. Pañjarasmiṃ gahetvāna, silāya uparī kato; Kāmaṃ khādatu maṃ byaggho, aṭṭhiyā ca nhārussa ca; Kilese khepayissāmi, phusissāmi vimuttiya’’nti.
还有一位名叫毕达马喇的长老,在俗家时曾在三个王国执持王旗,后来来到铜掌岛,拜见国王并得到国王的护持。一日,他经过一处草席商棚的门口,听到“诸比丘,色非你们所有,应当舍弃;舍弃之后,将为你们长夜带来利益与安乐”这“非你们所有”的法语,便思惟:“如此说来,色非我,受亦非我。”他以此作为激励,离俗而去,到大寺请求出家。出家并受具足戒后,他精通了两部本母,带领三十位比丘前往嘎巴拉瓦利广场修习沙门法。当脚无法支撑时,他便以膝盖经行。那天夜里,一位猎人误以为他是鹿,以矛刺之。矛贯穿身体而出,他让人拔出矛,用草叶填塞伤口,然后在石板上结跏趺坐,作意修观,增长毗婆舍那,最终与无碍解一起证得阿拉汉果。闻其咳嗽声而来的比丘们得知此事,他便诵出如下优陀那:显示巴利原文
Aparopi pītamallatthero nāma gihikāle tīsu rajjesu paṭākaṃ gahetvā tambapaṇṇidīpaṃ āgamma rājānaṃ passitvā raññā katānuggaho ekadivasaṃ kilañjakāpaṇasāladvārena gacchanto ‘‘rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, na tumhākaṃ, taṃ pajahatha, taṃ vo pahīnaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’ti na tumhākavākyaṃ sutvā cintesi ‘‘neva kira rūpaṃ attano, na vedanā’’ti. So taṃyeva aṅkusaṃ katvā nikkhamitvā mahāvihāraṃ gantvā pabbajjaṃ yācitvā pabbajito upasampanno dvemātikā paguṇā katvā tiṃsa bhikkhū gahetvā gabalavāliyaaṅgaṇaṃ gantvā samaṇadhammaṃ akāsi. Pādesu avahantesu jaṇṇukehi caṅkamati. Tamenaṃ rattiṃ eko migaluddako migoti maññamāno pahari. Satti vinivijjhitvā gatā, so taṃ sattiṃ harāpetvā paharaṇamukhāni tiṇavaṭṭiyā pūrāpetvā pāsāṇapiṭṭhiyaṃ attānaṃ nisīdāpetvā okāsaṃ kāretvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ patvā ukkāsitasaddena āgatānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ byākaritvā imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi –
这是最胜佛所说的话,他是一切世间无上的言说者;
比丘们,这色不是你们的,应当舍弃它。
诸行确实无常,是生灭法;
生已即灭,其寂灭即是安乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Bhāsitaṃ buddhaseṭṭhassa, sabbalokaggavādino; Na tumhākamidaṃ rūpaṃ, taṃ jaheyyātha bhikkhavo. Aniccā vata saṅkhārā, uppādavayadhammino; Uppajjitvā nirujjhanti, tesaṃ vūpasamo sukho’’ti.
如此,这条道路如同底沙长老等人一般,导向苦的止息。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tāva ayaṃ maggo tissattherādīnaṃ viya dukkhassa atthaṅgamāya saṃvattati.
帝释天王见到自身的五种衰相,为死亡的恐怖所惊惧,心生忧恼,便来到世尊面前请问。世尊解答关于舍的问题之后,他与八万位天神一同安住于须陀洹果,而其寿命也恢复如常。显示巴利原文
Sakko pana devānamindo attano pañcavidhapubbanimittaṃ disvā maraṇabhayasantajjito domanassajāto bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchi. So upekkhāpañhavissajjanāvasāne asītisahassāhi devatāhi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāsi. Sā cassa upapatti puna pākatikāva ahosi.
苏梵天子也在一千天女的围绕下,受用着天界的胜妙成就。当时,有五百位天女正在树上采摘花朵,死后投生到地狱中。他心想:‘她们怎么这么久还不回来?’经过观察,得知她们已投生地狱。于是,他审察自忖:‘我的寿命还有多少呢?’发现自己的寿命也即将耗尽,死后将堕入同一地狱。他极为恐惧,生起极大的忧苦,心想:‘此忧唯有大师能为我消除,别人皆不能。’于是,他带着余下的五百位天女前往世尊处,提出疑问:显示巴利原文
Subrahmāpi devaputto accharāsahassaparivuto saggasampattiṃ anubhoti. Tattha pañcasatā accharāyo rukkhato pupphāni ocinantiyo cavitvā niraye uppannā. So ‘‘kiṃ imā cirāyantī’’ti upadhārento tāsaṃ niraye nibbattanabhāvaṃ ñatvā ‘‘kittakaṃ nu kho mama āyū’’ti upaparikkhanto attano āyuparikkhayaṃ viditvā cavitvā tattheva niraye nibbattanabhāvaṃ disvā bhīto ativiya domanassajāto hutvā ‘‘imaṃ me domanassaṃ satthā vinayissati, na añño’’ti avasesā pañcasatā accharāyo gahetvā bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā pañhaṃ pucchi –
心常惊惧不安,意常动荡不定;
对于未生起的苦难,以及已经生起的苦难;
若有无所畏惧的境界,请为我开示——我这样请问。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Niccaṃ utrastamidaṃ cittaṃ, niccaṃ ubbiggidaṃ mano; Anuppannesu kicchesu, atho uppatitesu ca; Sace atthi anutrastaṃ, taṃ me akkhāhi pucchitoti. (saṃ. ni. 1.98);
于是,世尊对他说道:显示巴利原文
Tato naṃ bhagavā āha –
除了觉支与苦行,除了诸根防护,除了弃舍一切,我看不到众生的安稳。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāññatra bojjhā tapasā, nāññatrindriyasaṃvarā;
说法结束时,他与五百天女一同证得入流果,令此成就稳固后,便返回天界。应知:如此修习此道,如对帝释天等那样,能令忧愁止息。显示巴利原文
Nāññatra sabbanissaggā, sotthiṃ passāmi pāṇina’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.98);
“为证得理趣”:此中,“理趣”即圣八支道;“为证得彼”意为为了获得它,故这样说。因为在前行的世间念处道修习之后,能引导证得出世间道,所以称为“为证得理趣”。“为作证涅槃”:由于远离了渴爱的暴流,故得名为涅槃的不死;亲自作证,即自己现前亲证,故这样说。由于此道修习之后,能次第成就涅槃的作证,所以说“为作证涅槃”。显示巴利原文
So desanāpariyosāne pañcahi accharāsatehi saddhiṃ sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya taṃ sampattiṃ thāvaraṃ katvā devalokameva agamāsīti. Evaṃ ayaṃ maggo bhāvito sakkādīnaṃ viya domanassassa atthaṅgamāya saṃvattatīti veditabbo.
其中,当说到“为了众生的清净”时,超越愁叹等义,在道理上虽已成立,但除了精通教法者,他人并不明了。而世尊并非先使人成为精通教法者然后说法,而是以相应的经文令其了知各个含义。因此,为显明一乘道所成就的种种意义,令大众清楚,才宣说“为超越愁叹”等句。另一种原因是:由一乘道成就的众生清净,是通过超越愁叹而成就的;超越愁叹,是通过苦与忧的灭除而成就的;苦与忧的灭除,是通过证得理趣而成就的;证得理趣,是通过作证涅槃而成就的。所以,为显示此一次第,先说了“为了众生的清净”,然后再说“为超越愁叹”等。显示巴利原文
Ñāyassa adhigamāyāti ñāyo vuccati ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo, tassa adhigamāya, pattiyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayañhi pubbabhāge lokiyo satipaṭṭhānamaggo bhāvito lokuttaramaggassa adhigamāya saṃvattati. Tenāha ‘‘ñāyassa adhigamāyā’’ti. Nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyāti taṇhāvānavirahitattā nibbānanti laddhanāmassa amatassa sacchikiriyāya, attapaccakkhatāyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Ayañhi maggo bhāvito anupubbena nibbānasacchikiriyaṃ sādheti. Tenāha ‘‘nibbānassa sacchikiriyāyā’’ti.
而且,这是对一乘道的赞叹。正如世尊在六六法教示中以八句话赞叹说:“比丘们,我将为你们说法,初善、中善、后善,有义有文,完全是圆满、清净的梵行,我将宣说,这就是六六法。”(中部3.420)又如在圣种教示中以九句话赞叹说:“比丘们,有这四种圣者传统,是最初的、久远的、传统的、古老的,未曾混杂,过去不曾混杂,现在不会混杂,未来也不会混杂,不被沙门、婆罗门和智者所指责。”(增支部4.28)现在,对这一乘道,同样也用“为了众生的清净”等七句话来赞叹。为何如此呢?是为了激发那些比丘们的精进。听闻这些赞叹后,比丘们会想:“听说这个道能摧毁四种灾祸——内心烧热的忧愁、言语纷乱的哀叹、身体不快的苦受、内心不快的忧受;并且带来三种殊胜——清净、理趣和涅槃。”于是发起精进,他们想:“这个法教应当学习、应当实践、应当受持、应当读诵;这个道应当修习。”如此,为了激发比丘们的精进而作赞叹,正如卖毛毯的商人赞叹毛毯等一样。显示巴利原文
Tattha kiñcāpi ‘‘sattānaṃ visuddhiyā’’ti vutte sokasamatikkamādīni atthato siddhāneva honti, ṭhapetvā pana sāsanayuttikovide aññesaṃ na pākaṭāni, na ca bhagavā paṭhamaṃ sāsanayuttikovidaṃ janaṃ katvā pacchā dhammaṃ deseti. Tena teneva pana suttena taṃ taṃ atthaṃ ñāpeti. Tasmā idha yaṃ yaṃ atthaṃ ekāyanamaggo sādheti, taṃ taṃ pākaṭaṃ katvā dassento ‘‘sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāyā’’tiādimāha. Yasmā vā yā sattānaṃ visuddhi ekāyanamaggena saṃvattati, sā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamena hoti. Sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamo dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamena, dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅgamo ñāyassādhigamena, ñāyassādhigamo nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya. Tasmā imampi kamaṃ dassento ‘‘sattānaṃ visuddhiyā’’ti vatvā ‘‘sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāyā’’tiādimāha.
而且,这是对一乘道的赞叹。正如世尊在六六法教示中以八句话赞叹说:“比丘们,我将为你们说法,初善、中善、后善,有义有文,完全圆满清净的梵行,我将开示,这就是六六法。”(中部3.420)又如圣种教示中以九句话赞叹说:“比丘们,有四种圣种,被认为是最初的、久远的、传统的、古老的,未被混杂,过去未被混杂,现在不被混杂,未来也不会被混杂,不被沙门、婆罗门、智者所呵责。”(增支部4.28)同样,对于此一乘道,也以“为了众生的清净”等七句话作了赞叹。这是为什么呢?是为了激发那些比丘的精进。因为听闻赞叹后,那些比丘会想:“据说此道能摧毁四种灾祸——即心热恼所生的愁、语散乱所生的悲、身不适所生的苦、心不适所生的忧,并带来三种殊胜——清净、正智、涅槃。”于是生起精进,认为:“这个法教应当学习、应当掌握、应当受持、应当读诵,这个道应当修习。”如此,为了激发那些比丘的精进而作了赞叹。如同毛毯商人等对毛毯等的赞叹一样。显示巴利原文
Apica vaṇṇabhaṇanametaṃ ekāyanamaggassa. Yatheva hi bhagavā – ‘‘dhammaṃ vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ pakāsessāmi yadidaṃ chachakkānī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.420) chachakkadesanāya aṭṭhahi padehi vaṇṇaṃ abhāsi. Yathā ca ariyavaṃsadesanāya ‘‘cattārome, bhikkhave, ariyavaṃsā aggaññā rattaññā vaṃsaññā porāṇā asaṃkiṇṇā asaṃkiṇṇapubbā na saṅkīyanti na saṅkīyissanti, appaṭikuṭṭhā samaṇehi brāhmaṇehi viññūhī’’ti (a. ni. 4.28) navahi padehi vaṇṇaṃ abhāsi; evaṃ imassāpi ekāyanamaggassa sattānaṃ visuddhiyātiādīhi sattahi padehi vaṇṇaṃ abhāsi. Kasmāti ce, tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhajananatthaṃ. Vaṇṇabhāsanañhi sutvā te bhikkhū ‘‘ayaṃ kira maggo hadayasantāpabhūtaṃ sokaṃ, vācāvippalāpabhūtaṃ paridevaṃ, kāyikaasātabhūtaṃ dukkhaṃ, cetasikaasātabhūtaṃ domanassanti cattāro upaddave hanati, visuddhiṃ ñāyaṃ nibbānanti tayo visese āvahatī’’ti ussāhajātā imaṃ dhammadesanaṃ uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ dhāretabbaṃ, vācetabbaṃ, imañca maggaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ maññissanti. Iti tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ ussāhajananatthaṃ vaṇṇaṃ abhāsi. Kambalavāṇijādayo kambalādīnaṃ vaṇṇaṃ viya.
正如一位价值十万的黄色毛毯商人高喊“来买毛毯!”时,人们还不知道是什么毛毯,因为人发毯、兽毛毯等又臭又粗糙的物品也都叫作毛毯。等到他高喊:“这是健陀罗产的红色毛毯,细软、有光泽、触感舒适。”这时,能买得起的人就会买,买不起的人也想要看一看。同样地,虽然说了“比丘们,这是唯一之道”,但还不清楚是什么道,因为各种不能导向解脱的道也被称为道。然而,当说出“为了众生的清净”等时,比丘们会想:“据说此道能摧毁四种灾祸,带来三种殊胜。”于是生起精进,认为:“这个法教应当学习、应当掌握、应当受持、应当读诵,这个道应当修习。”如此,为了作赞叹,而宣说了“为了众生的清净”等语句。这正如那位价值十万的黄色毛毯商人的譬喻,同样也可以引用阎浮河赤金、水净摩尼宝、极净珍珠宝、珊瑚等商人的譬喻。显示巴利原文
Yathā hi satasahassagghanikapaṇḍukambalavāṇijena ‘kambalaṃ gaṇhathā’ti ugghositepi asukakambaloti na tāva manussā jānanti. Kesakambalavāḷakambalādayopi hi duggandhā kharasamphassā kambalātveva vuccanti. Yadā pana tena gandhārako rattakambalo sukhumo ujjalo sukhasamphassoti ugghositaṃ hoti, tadā ye pahonti, te gaṇhanti. Ye nappahonti, tepi dassanakāmā honti; evameva ‘ekāyano, bhikkhave, ayaṃ maggo’ti vuttepi asukamaggoti na tāva pākaṭo hoti. Nānappakārakā hi aniyyānikamaggāpi maggātveva vuccanti. ‘‘Sattānaṃ visuddhiyā’’tiādimhi pana vutte ‘‘ayaṃ kira maggo cattāro upaddave hanati, tayo visese āvahatī’’ti ussāhajātā imaṃ dhammadesanaṃ uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ dhāretabbaṃ vācetabbaṃ, imañca maggaṃ bhāvetabbaṃ maññissantīti vaṇṇaṃ bhāsanto ‘‘sattānaṃ visuddhiyā’’tiādimāha. Yathā ca satasahassagghanikapaṇḍukambalavāṇijūpamā; evaṃ rattajambunadasuvaṇṇaudakappasādakamaṇiratanasuvisuddhamuttaratanapavāḷādivāṇijūpamādayopettha āharitabbā.
“Yadidaṃ”是不变词,意为“这些就是这些”。“四”是数目上的限定,以此显示念处的范围:不可少于这个数目,也不可超过。所谓“念处”:有三种念处——念的所缘境;于三种修行方式的弟子们中,导师已超越了反感与随顺的状态;以及念本身。正如“比丘们,我将宣说四念处的集起与灭……比丘们,什么是身的集起?由食的集起而有身的集起”(相应部5.408)等经中,念的所缘境被称为念处。同样地,在“身为安立处,非是念;而念既是安立处,也是念”(无碍解道3.35)等经中也是如此。其含义为:在此安立,故为“安立处”。安立什么呢?安立念。念的安立处即是念处。或者,以精勤为安立处,则念的安立处就是念处,正如象厩、马厩等称谓。显示巴利原文
Yadidanti nipāto, ye imeti ayamassa attho. Cattāroti gaṇanaparicchedo. Tena na tato heṭṭhā, na uddhanti satipaṭṭhānaparicchedaṃ dīpeti. Satipaṭṭhānāti tayo satipaṭṭhānā satigocaropi tidhā paṭipannesu sāvakesu satthuno paṭighānunayavītivattatāpi, satipi. ‘‘Catunnaṃ , bhikkhave, satipaṭṭhānānaṃ samudayañca atthaṅgamañca desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha…pe… ko ca, bhikkhave, kāyassa samudayo. Āhārasamudayā kāyassa samudayo’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.408) hi satigocaro satipaṭṭhānanti vuccati. Tathā ‘‘kāyo upaṭṭhānaṃ no sati, sati pana upaṭṭhānañceva sati cā’’tiādīsupi (paṭi. ma. 3.35). Tassattho – patiṭṭhāti asminti paṭṭhānaṃ. Kā patiṭṭhāti? Sati. Satiyā paṭṭhānaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ, padhānaṃ ṭhānanti vā paṭṭhānaṃ. Satiyā paṭṭhānaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ hatthiṭṭhānaassaṭṭhānādīni viya.
“有三种念处,为圣者所修习,修习之后,导师堪能教导大众。”(中部3.311)此处,于三种修行方式的弟子们中,导师超越了反感与随顺,这便称为“念处”。它的意思是:应令其安立,故为安立处,即应使其生起之意。应令什么安立呢?令念安立。念的安立处即是念处。然而,在“四念处修习、多修习,能圆满七觉支”(中部3.147)等经中,念本身被称为“念处”。它的意思是:跃入、趣入、遍转而运行,这称为“安立”,故为安立处。念本身就是念处。或者说,以忆念的含义为念,以安立的含义为安立处,如此,念即是那个,安立处也是那个;这便是念处。这里所取的正是这个意思。显示巴利原文
‘‘Tayo satipaṭṭhānā yadariyo sevati, yadariyo sevamāno satthā gaṇamanusāsituṃ arahatī’’ti (ma. ni. 3.311) ettha tidhā paṭipannesu sāvakesu satthuno paṭighānunayavītivattatā ‘‘satipaṭṭhāna’’nti vuttā. Tassattho – paṭṭhapetabbato paṭṭhānaṃ, pavattayitabbatoti attho. Kena paṭṭhapetabbatoti? Satiyā. Satiyā paṭṭhānaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ. ‘‘Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā satta sambojjhaṅge paripūrentī’’tiādīsu (ma. ni. 3.147) pana satiyeva ‘‘satipaṭṭhānaṃ’’ti vuccati. Tassattho – paṭṭhātīti paṭṭhānaṃ, upaṭṭhāti okkanditvā pakkhanditvā pattharitvā pavattatīti attho. Satiyeva satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Atha vā saraṇaṭṭhena sati, upaṭṭhānaṭṭhena paṭṭhānaṃ. Iti sati ca sā paṭṭhānaṃ cātipi satipaṭṭhānaṃ. Idamidhādhippetaṃ.
既然如此,为何“念处”以复数形式出现?因为念有多种。由于所缘的差别,这些念实有多类。那么,“道”又为何用单数?因为在道的意义上它是单一的。这四种念在道的意义上确实归于单一。正如所说:“道是以什么意义而为道?以走向涅槃的意义,以应为求涅槃者所寻求的意义。”这四种念在随后对着身体等所缘完成其作用时,都走向涅槃,并且从一开始就是求涅槃者所寻求的,因此这四种被称为“一道”。如是,依随文句的前后关联,这一教导便成为前后一贯的教导,正如在“比丘们,我将为你们开示摧毁魔军之道,你们谛听……比丘们,什么是摧毁魔军之道?即是七觉支”等经文中那样。如同“摧毁魔军”与“七觉支”在义理上是同一回事,仅为文句有异;同样地,“一乘道”与“四念处”在义理上也是同一回事,唯文句有差别。因此,由于道义上的单一性而用单数,因所缘差别令念有多种,故应知用复数。显示巴利原文
Yadi evaṃ kasmā ‘‘satipaṭṭhānā’’ti bahuvacanaṃ? Satibahuttā. Ārammaṇabhedena hi bahukā etā satiyo. Atha maggoti kasmā ekavacanaṃ? Maggaṭṭhena ekattā. Catassopi hi etā satiyo maggaṭṭhena ekattaṃ gacchanti. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘maggoti kenaṭṭhena maggo? Nibbānagamanaṭṭhena. Nibbānatthikehi magganīyaṭṭhena cā’’ti. Catassopi cetā aparabhāge kāyādīsu ārammaṇesu kiccaṃ sādhayamānā nibbānaṃ gacchanti, ādito paṭṭhāya ca nibbānatthikehi maggiyanti, tasmā catassopi eko maggoti vuccanti. Evañca sati vacanānusandhinā sānusandhikāva desanā hoti, ‘‘mārasenappamaddanaṃ, vo bhikkhave, maggaṃ desessāmi, taṃ suṇātha…pe… katamo ca, bhikkhave, mārasenappamaddano maggo? Yadidaṃ satta bojjhaṅgā’’tiādīsu (saṃ. ni. 5.224) viya. Yathā mārasenappamaddanoti ca, satta bojjhaṅgāti ca atthato ekaṃ, byañjanamevettha nānaṃ . Evaṃ ‘‘ekāyanamaggo’’ti ca ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā’’ti ca atthato ekaṃ, byañjanamevettha nānaṃ, tasmā maggaṭṭhena ekattā ekavacanaṃ. Ārammaṇabhedena satibahuttā bahuvacanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
那么,世尊为何不多不少,恰恰说这四念处呢?是为了饶益应受调伏的有情。因为在贪行、见行、止行者、观行者这四类——又依钝根与利根各分两种——的所化众生中:对于钝根贪行者,粗显的身随观念处是其清净道;对于利根贪行者,微细的受随观念处是其清净道。对于钝根见行者,不甚繁复的心随观念处是其清净道;对于利根见行者,极其详尽的法随观念处是其清净道。对于钝根止行者,由于相容易证得,第一念处为其清净道;对于利根止行者,因其心于粗所缘不得安住,第二念处为其清净道。对于钝根观行者,所缘不甚繁复的第三念处为其清净道;对于利根观行者,所缘极其详尽的第四念处为其清净道。因此,不多不少,只说这四念处。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana bhagavatā cattārova satipaṭṭhānā vuttā anūnā anadhikāti? Veneyyahitattā. Taṇhācaritadiṭṭhicaritasamathayānikavipassanāyānikesu hi mandatikkhavasena dvedhā dvedhā pavattesu veneyyesu mandassa taṇhācaritassa oḷārikaṃ kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ visuddhimaggo, tikkhassa sukhumaṃ vedanānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ. Diṭṭhicaritassapi mandassa nātippabhedagataṃ cittānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ visuddhimaggo, tikkhassa atippabhedagataṃ dhammānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ visuddhimaggo. Samathayānikassa ca mandassa akicchena adhigantabbanimittaṃ paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ visuddhimaggo, tikkhassa oḷārikārammaṇe asaṇṭhahanato dutiyaṃ. Vipassanāyānikassapi mandassa nātippabhedagatārammaṇaṃ tatiyaṃ, tikkhassa atippabhedagatārammaṇaṃ catutthaṃ. Iti cattārova vuttā anūnā anadhikāti.
或者,也可以说,是为了断除净、乐、常、我四种颠倒。因为身确实不净,而众生却于此生起净的颠倒,颠倒而执。为了让他们见此处的真实不净相,以断除彼颠倒,故说第一念处。同样,于受等执为乐、常、我时:受实为苦,心实无常,诸法实无我,而众生却于这些法上,次第生起乐、常、我的颠倒,颠倒而执。为了让他们见这些法中苦等真实相,以断除他们颠倒,故说后三个念处。因此,当知世尊正是为了断除净、乐、常、我这四种颠倒,而说此四念处,无减无增。而且,不仅为断除颠倒,当知亦为断除四种暴流、四种轭、四种漏、四种缚、四种取、四种非行,以及为了遍知四种食,世尊同样只说这四念处,无减无增。至此为全论之纲要。显示巴利原文
Subhasukhaniccaattabhāvavipallāsappahānatthaṃ vā. Kāyo hi asubho, tattha ca subhavipallāsavipallatthā sattā. Tesaṃ tattha asubhabhāvadassanena tassa vipallāsassa pahānatthaṃ paṭhamaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ vuttaṃ. Sukhaṃ niccaṃ attāti gahitesupi ca vedanādīsu vedanā dukkhā, cittaṃ aniccaṃ, dhammā anattā, tesu ca sukhaniccaattavipallāsavipallatthā sattā. Tesaṃ tattha dukkhādibhāvadassanena tesaṃ vipallāsānaṃ pahānatthaṃ sesāni tīṇi vuttānīti evaṃ subhasukhaniccaattabhāvavipallāsappahānatthaṃ vā cattārova vuttā anūnā anadhikāti veditabbā. Na kevalañca vipallāsappahānatthameva, atha kho caturoghayogāsavaganthaupādānaagatipahānatthampi catubbidhāhārapariññatthañca cattārova vuttāti veditabbā. Ayaṃ tāva pakaraṇanayo.
而在义注中,则依归趣之理及同归一处之理,说念处实为一种,唯依所缘差别而说四种。此处所说,正为此义。譬如有一座四门大城:从东方来的人,携东方所产货物,由东门入城;从南方来的人,携南方所产货物,由南门入城;从西方来的人,携西方所产货物,由西门入城;从北方来的人,携北方所产货物,由北门入城。此譬喻当如是理解:大城如涅槃大城,城门如八支圣出世间道,东方等方位,即如身等念处。显示巴利原文
Aṭṭhakathāyaṃ pana saraṇavasena ceva ekattasamosaraṇavasena ca ekameva satipaṭṭhānaṃ ārammaṇavasena cattāroti etadeva vuttaṃ. Yathā hi catudvāre nagare pācīnato āgacchantā pācīnadisāya uṭṭhānakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā pācīnadvārena nagarameva pavisanti, dakkhiṇato. Pacchimato. Uttarato āgacchantā uttaradisāya uṭṭhānakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā uttaradvārena nagarameva pavisanti; evaṃ – sampadamidaṃ veditabbaṃ. Nagaraṃ viya hi nibbānamahānagaraṃ, dvāraṃ viya aṭṭhaṅgiko lokuttaramaggo, pācīnadisādayo viya kāyādayo.
正如从东方来的人,携带东方的货物,经由东门进入城中,同样地,由身随观之门而入者,以十四种方式修习身随观后,依凭身随观修习之力所引生的圣道,皆归入同一涅槃。正如从南方来的人,携带南方的货物,经由南门进入城中,同样地,由受随观之门而入者,以九种方式修习受随观后,依凭受随观修习之力所引生的圣道,皆归入同一涅槃。正如从西方来的人,携带西方的货物,经由西门进入城中,同样地,由心随观之门而入者,以十六种方式修习心随观后,依凭心随观修习之力所引生的圣道,皆归入同一涅槃。正如从北方来的人,携带北方的货物,经由北门进入城中,同样地,由法随观之门而入者,以五种方式修习法随观后,依凭法随观修习之力所引生的圣道,皆归入同一涅槃。应当了知,依此归入之理与同归一处之理,念处实则唯有一种,仅依所缘而说为四种。显示巴利原文
Yathā pācīnato āgacchantā pācīnadisāya uṭṭhānakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā pācīnadvārena nagarameva pavisanti, evaṃ kāyānupassanāmukhena āgacchantā cuddasavidhena kāyānupassanaṃ bhāvetvā kāyānupassanābhāvanānubhāvanibbattena ariyamaggena ekaṃ nibbānameva osaranti. Yathā dakkhiṇato āgacchantā dakkhiṇāya disāya uṭṭhānakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā dakkhiṇadvārena nagarameva pavisanti, evaṃ vedanānupassanāmukhena āgacchantā navavidhena vedanānupassanaṃ bhāvetvā vedanānupassanābhāvanānubhāvanibbattena ariyamaggena ekaṃ nibbānameva osaranti. Yathā pacchimato āgacchantā pacchimadisāya uṭṭhānakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā pacchimadvārena nagarameva pavisanti, evaṃ cittānupassanāmukhena āgacchantā soḷasavidhena cittānupassanaṃ bhāvetvā cittānupassanābhāvanānubhāvanibbattena ariyamaggena ekaṃ nibbānameva osaranti. Yathā uttarato āgacchantā uttaradisāya uṭṭhānakaṃ bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā uttaradvārena nagarameva pavisanti, evaṃ dhammānupassanāmukhena āgacchantā pañcavidhena dhammānupassanaṃ bhāvetvā dhammānupassanābhāvanānubhāvanibbattena ariyamaggena ekaṃ nibbānameva osaranti. Evaṃ saraṇavasena ceva ekattasamosaraṇavasena ca ekameva satipaṭṭhānaṃ ārammaṇavasena cattārova vuttāti veditabbā.
「哪四种呢?」这是出于宣说意趣而提出的问题。「于此」:指在这教法之中。「诸比丘」:这是对领受法义之人的称呼。「比丘」:这是对行道成就者的例示。虽然其他天人与人也会修习行道,但因其最为殊胜,并且为了显示由行道而成就的比丘身份,故称为「比丘」。在领受世尊教导的人中,比丘最为殊胜,堪为一切种类教导的容器。因此,由最殊胜故,称其为「比丘」。而一言及比丘,其余众也随之被包含在内,就如同说到「国王出行」时,以「国王」一词便含括了所有随从。再者,凡是修习此行道的,就称为比丘——这也是为了显示「由行道而成就比丘身份」,故名为「比丘」。因为正在修习行道的人,不论是天还是人,都计入「比丘」之列,正如(经文)所说:显示巴利原文
Katamecattāroti kathetukamyatā pucchā. Idhāti imasmiṃ sāsane. Bhikkhaveti dhammapaṭiggāhakapuggalālapanametaṃ. Bhikkhūti paṭipattisampādakapuggalanidassanametaṃ. Aññepi ca devamanussā paṭipattiṃ sampādentiyeva, seṭṭhattā pana paṭipattiyā bhikkhubhāvadassanato ca ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti āha. Bhagavato hi anusāsaniṃ sampaṭicchantesu bhikkhu seṭṭho, sabbappakārāya anusāsaniyā bhājanabhāvato. Tasmā seṭṭhattā ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti āha. Tasmiṃ gahite pana sesā gahitāva honti, rājagamanādīsu rājaggahaṇena sesaparisā viya. Yo ca imaṃ paṭipattiṃ paṭipajjati, so bhikkhu nāma hotīti paṭipattiyā bhikkhubhāvadassanatopi ‘‘bhikkhū’’ti āha. Paṭipannako hi devo vā hotu manusso vā, bhikkhūti saṅkhyaṃ gacchatiyeva yathāha –
纵使身着华服,若他能行于平静,
寂静、调伏、坚定,住于梵行。
于一切众生,放下刀杖;
他即是婆罗门,他即是沙门,他即是比丘。”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Alaṅkato cepi samaṃ careyya, Santo danto niyato brahmacārī; Sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, So brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhū’’ti. (dha. pa. 142);
「身」:指色身。此处的「身」,如同象身、车乘等,是就诸肢节与头发等法的合集之义,故称为身;同时,也如同合集之义,由于是可厌事物的出生之处,故称为身。因为身是那些最为可厌、最可厌憎之物的出生处。「出生处」即生起之地。此处的词义解释为:「那些事物来于此」,故为来处。什么来呢?即可厌的头发等。因此,是可厌者的来处,故为「身」。显示巴利原文
Kāyeti rūpakāye. Rūpakāyo hi idha aṅgapaccaṅgānaṃ kesādīnañca dhammānaṃ samūhaṭṭhena hatthikāyarathakāyādayo viya kāyoti adhippeto. Yathā ca samūhaṭṭhena, evaṃ kucchitānaṃ āyaṭṭhena. Kucchitānañhi paramajegucchānaṃ so āyotipi kāyo. Āyoti uppattideso. Tatthāyaṃ vacanattho. Āyanti tatoti āyo. Ke āyanti? Kucchitā kesādayo. Iti kucchitānaṃ āyoti kāyo.
「身随观者」:指具有随观身的习惯者,或正在随观身的人。在说了「身」之后,再次提到「身随观者」中的第二个「身」字,应如此理解:这是为了显示不混杂的界定,以及显示破除坚实想等意义。由此,并非在身中随观受,或随观心、随观法,而恰恰只是身随观——这样,在名为「身」的这一事物上,纯粹显示了身随观的行相,从而表明了不混杂的界定。同样地,此处并非观察脱离身体各部分而单独存在的某种事物,也不是观察脱离头发、体毛等而有的「女人」或「男人」;在此,即使是由头发、体毛等四大种与所造色聚合而成的所谓「身」,其中也并非观察脱离四大种与所造色的单一事物,而是如同观察车的各个零件一般,观察身体各部分肢节的集合;如同观察城市的各个区域一般,观察头发、体毛等的集合;如同层层剥开芭蕉树干的人,或如同拆解空拳的缠绕一般,纯粹观察四大种与所造色的集合——如此,通过种种方式,纯粹从合集的角度来显示名为「身」的这个事物,便表明了破除坚实想。因为在此,丝毫找不到超出上述种种合集而存在的所谓「身」、或女人、或男人、或其他任何法。显示巴利原文
Kāyānupassīti kāye anupassanasīlo kāyaṃ vā anupassamāno. Kāyeti ca vatvāpi puna kāyānupassīti dutiyakāyaggahaṇaṃ asammissato vavatthānaghanavinibbhogādidassanatthaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ. Tena na kāye vedanānupassī vā, cittadhammānupassī vā, atha kho kāyānupassīyevāti kāyasaṅkhāte vatthusmiṃ kāyānupassanākārasseva dassanena asammissato vavatthānaṃ dassitaṃ hoti. Tathā na kāye aṅgapaccaṅgavinimuttaekadhammānupassī, nāpi kesalomādivinimuttaitthipurisānupassī, yopi cettha kesalomādiko bhūtupādāyasamūhasaṅkhāto kāyo, tatthapi na bhūtupādāyavinimuttaekadhammānupassī, atha kho rathasambhārānupassako viya aṅgapaccaṅgasamūhānupassī, nagarāvayavānupassako viya kesalomādisamūhānupassī, kadalikkhandhapattavaṭṭivinibbhujako viya rittamuṭṭhiviniveṭhako viya ca bhūtupādāyasamūhānupassīyevāti nānappakārato samūhavaseneva kāyasaṅkhātassa vatthuno dassanena ghanavinibbhogo dassito hoti. Na hettha yathāvuttasamūhavinimutto kāyo vā itthī vā puriso vā añño vā koci dhammo dissati, yathāvuttadhammasamūhamatteyeva pana tathā tathā sattā micchābhinivesaṃ karonti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
「你所看见的,并非所见;而真正的所见,你却看不见。」
愚痴之人不见真实,故被束缚;既被束缚,便无法解脱。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ passati na taṃ diṭṭhaṃ, yaṃ diṭṭhaṃ taṃ na passati; Apassaṃ bajjhate mūḷho, bajjhamāno na muccatī’’ti.
这里说了“显示破除坚实想等意义”,由“等”字还应了知这样的含义:也就是说,在这具身体中,只是身随观者,而不是其他法的随观者——这一点已经说了。就像在根本没有水的阳焰中,有人会随观水那样,而这里并非如此;在这具身体本性为无常、苦、无我、不净的情况下,却去随观常、乐、我、净的状态;而真正的“身随观者”,恰恰是随观无常、苦、无我、不净这些相的集合者——这一点也已经说了。还有,下文所说“比丘们,在这里,比丘前往阿兰若……他具念地吸气……”等,循着这种方法,从入出息开始,直到最后成为粉末状的骨头为止,所描述的这个身体,以及在《无碍解》中所说的身体:“这里,有一类人随观地身无常,随观水身、火身、风身、发身、毛身、皮肤身、肉身、血身、筋身、骨身、骨髓身无常”(《无碍解》3.35),对于这一切,由于都是在这具身体中作随观,所以“于身,为身随观者”这个含义也应该了知。显示巴利原文
Ghanavinibbhogādidassanatthanti vuttaṃ, ādisaddena cettha ayampi attho veditabbo. Ayañhi etasmiṃ kāye kāyānupassīyeva, na añña dhammānupassīti vuttaṃ hoti. Yathā anudakabhūtāyapi marīciyā udakānupassino honti, na evaṃ aniccadukkhānattaasubhabhūteyeva imasmiṃ kāye niccasukhaattasubhabhāvānupassī, atha kho kāyānupassī aniccadukkhānattaasubhākārasamūhānupassīyevāti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā yvāyaṃ parato ‘‘idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu araññagato vā…pe… so satova assasatī’’tiādinā nayena assāsapassāsādicuṇṇikajātaaṭṭhikapariyosāno kāyo vutto, yo ca ‘‘idhekacco pathavīkāyaṃ aniccato anupassati, āpokāyaṃ tejokāyaṃ vāyokāyaṃ kesakāyaṃ lomakāyaṃ chavikāyaṃ cammakāyaṃ maṃsakāyaṃ rudhirakāyaṃ nhārukāyaṃ aṭṭhikāyaṃ aṭṭhimiñjakāya’’nti (paṭi. ma. 3.35) paṭisambhidāyaṃ kāyo vutto, tassa sabbassa imasmiññeva kāye anupassanato kāye kāyānupassīti evampi attho veditabbo.
或者,不是在这具身体中随观任何可以执为“我”或“我所”的东西,而是只随观那些头发、体毛等种种法的集合。因此,“于身,为随观发等法集合所称为身者”,应这样理解它的含义。显示巴利原文
Atha vā kāye ahanti vā mamanti vā evaṃ gahetabbassa yassa kassaci ananupassanato, tassa tasseva pana kesalomādikassa nānādhammasamūhassa anupassanato kāye kesādidhammasamūhasaṅkhātakāyānupassīti evamattho daṭṭhabbo.
再者,“在此身中,随观无常,不随观常”等,乃依《无碍解道》中渐次开示之法门,对于由无常等行相之集合而名为“身”的整体进行随观,因此“于身,为身随观者”之义亦应如是理解。确实,这位修习身随观法门的比丘,依无常随观等七种随观,于此身:随观无常,不随观常;随观苦,不随观乐;随观无我,不随观我;厌离,不喜悦;离贪,不染着;令灭去,不令生起;舍遣,不执取。他当知:随观无常时,即舍断常想;随观苦时,舍断乐想;随观无我时,舍断我想;厌离时,舍断喜悦;离贪时,舍断贪;令灭时,舍断集;舍遣时,舍断执取。显示巴利原文
Apica ‘‘imasmiṃ kāye aniccato anupassati, no niccato’’tiādinā anukkamena paṭisambhidāyaṃ āgatanayassa sabbasseva aniccalakkhaṇādino ākārasamūhasaṅkhātassa kāyassa anupassanatopi kāye kāyānupassīti evampi attho daṭṭhabbo. Tathā hi ayaṃ kāye kāyānupassanāpaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno bhikkhu imaṃ kāyaṃ aniccānupassanādīnaṃ sattannaṃ anupassanānaṃ vasena aniccato anupassati, no niccato. Dukkhato anupassati, no sukhato. Anattato anupassati, no attato. Nibbindati, no nandati, virajjati, no rajjati, nirodheti. No samudeti, paṭinissajjati, no ādiyati. So taṃ aniccato anupassanto niccasaññaṃ pajahati , dukkhato anupassanto sukhasaññaṃ pajahati, anattato anupassanto attasaññaṃ pajahati, nibbindanto nandiṃ pajahati , virajjanto rāgaṃ pajahati, nirodhento samudayaṃ pajahati, paṭinissajjanto ādānaṃ pajahatīti veditabbo.
“住”指活动、行动。“热忱者”:以热恼烧尽三界中的烦恼,故名为“热忱”,此即精进之异名;具足此热忱者,名为“热忱者”。“正知者”:具足名为正知的智慧。“具念者”:具备能执持身体的念。然而,由于他先以念执取所缘,再以智慧随观,离念之人绝不可能有所随观,所以世尊说:“诸比丘,我宣说,念于一切处皆有必要。”因此,这里说“于身,以观身而住”,至此便已说明了身随观念处。或者说:若无热忱,便会因内心退缩而构成障碍;若无正知,在把握适当方法与避开不适当方法时,便会陷入迷惑;若无念,于舍离适当方法、执取不适当方法时则无能为力,其业处便不可能成就。因此,为令成就业处之法得以显现,才宣说“热忱、正知、具念”这些词,应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Viharatīti iriyati. Ātāpīti tīsu bhavesu kilese ātāpetīti ātāpo, vīriyassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Ātāpo assa atthīti ātāpī. Sampajānoti sampajaññasaṅkhātena ñāṇena samannāgato. Satimāti kāyapariggāhikāya satiyā samannāgato. Ayaṃ pana yasmā satiyā ārammaṇaṃ pariggahetvā paññāya anupassati, na hi sativirahitassa anupassanā nāma atthi, tenevāha – ‘‘satiñca khvāhaṃ, bhikkhave, sabbatthikaṃ vadāmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.234). Tasmā ettha ‘‘kāye kāyānupassī viharatī’’ti ettāvatā kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā yasmā anātāpino antosaṅkhepo antarāyakaro hoti, asampajāno upāyapariggahe anupāyaparivajjane ca sammuyhati, muṭṭhassati upāyāpariccāge anupāyāpariggahe ca asamattho hoti, tenassa taṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ na sampajjati. Tasmā yesaṃ dhammānaṃ ānubhāvena taṃ sampajjati, tesaṃ dassanatthaṃ ‘‘ātāpī sampajāno satimā’’ti idaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
如是,显示了身随观念处的相应支之后,现在为显示断支而说“调伏世间中的贪忧”。此处,“调伏”是指通过彼分断或镇伏断的方式而调伏。“世间”即指此身。因为身在此处依坏灭、崩坏之义而被理解为“世间”。然而,他的贪忧并非仅于身此一项断除,于受等其他处亦同样断除。故《分别论》中说:“五取蕴即是世间。”或者也可说,那些诸法被称为世间,是依义理提取而说。但所谓:“于此,何者为世间?此身本身即是世间”,这才是此处真正的含义。当知其关联:于彼世间调伏贪忧。复次,应知此处以言“贪”而摄爱欲,以言“忧”而摄嗔恚,故通过显示此二种盖中强力之法,已宣说了对诸盖的断除。显示巴利原文
Iti kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ sampayogaṅgañcassa dassetvā idāni pahānaṅgaṃ dassetuṃ vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassanti vuttaṃ. Tattha vineyyāti tadaṅgavinayena vā vikkhambhanavinayena vā vinayitvā. Loketi tasmiññeva kāye. Kāyo hi idha lujjanapalujjanaṭṭhena lokoti adhippeto. Yasmā panassa na kāyamatteyeva abhijjhādomanassaṃ pahīyati, vedanādīsupi pahīyatiyeva. Tasmā pañcapi upādānakkhandhā lokoti vibhaṅge vuttaṃ. Lokasaṅkhātattā vā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ atthuddhāranayenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Yaṃ panāha – ‘‘tattha katamo loko? Sveva kāyo loko’’ti, ayamevettha attho. Tasmiṃ loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ vineyyāti evaṃ sambandho daṭṭhabbo. Yasmā panettha abhijjhāggahaṇena kāmacchando, domanassaggahaṇena byāpādo saṅgahaṃ gacchati, tasmā nīvaraṇapariyāpannabalavadhammadvayadassanena nīvaraṇappahānaṃ vuttaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ.
于此,调伏贪欲,即断除源于身成就的随顺;调伏忧,即断除源于身衰损的违逆。调伏贪欲,断除了对身体的耽著喜乐;调伏忧,断除了对身修习的不喜乐。调伏贪欲,断除了对身体增益不实的净、乐等附加;调伏忧,断除了对身体排斥真实的不净、苦等否定。由此彰显了瑜伽行者的瑜伽威力与瑜伽堪能。这即是瑜伽威力:已远离随顺与违逆,能忍受不喜与喜乐,不增益不实、不排斥真实。一个已远离随顺与违逆、能忍受不喜与喜乐、不增益不实、不排斥真实的人,便具足瑜伽堪能。显示巴利原文
Visesena cettha abhijjhāvinayena kāyasampattimūlakassa anurodhassa, domanassavinayena kāyavipattimūlakassa virodhassa, abhijjhāvinayena ca kāye abhiratiyā, domanassavinayena kāyabhāvanāya anabhiratiyā, abhijjhāvinayena kāye abhūtānaṃ subhasukhabhāvādīnaṃ pakkhepassa, domanassavinayena kāye bhūtānaṃ asubhāsukhabhāvādīnaṃ apanayanassa ca pahānaṃ vuttaṃ. Tena yogāvacarassa yogānubhāvo yogasamatthatā ca dīpitā hoti. Yogānubhāvo hi esa, yadidaṃ anurodhavirodhavippamutto aratiratisaho abhūtapakkhepabhūtāpanayanavirahito ca hoti. Anurodhavirodhavippamutto cesa aratiratisaho abhūtaṃ apakkhipanto bhūtañca anapanayanto yogasamattho hotīti.
另一种解释理路:在“于身,以观身”中,说的是随观的业处。在“住”中,依所说的住,说明了业处行者护持身体的方式。而在“热忱”等词中,热忱说明正精进,念与正知说明一切处业处,亦即护持业处的方便。又或,由念说明以身随观而得的止,由正知说明观,由调伏贪忧说明修习的力用。应当如此理解。显示巴利原文
Aparo nayo ‘‘kāye kāyānupassī’’ti ettha anupassanāya kammaṭṭhānaṃ vuttaṃ. ‘‘Viharatī’’ti ettha vuttavihārena kammaṭṭhānikassa kāyapariharaṇaṃ, ‘‘ātāpī’’tiādīsu pana ātāpena sammappadhānaṃ, satisampajaññena sabbatthakakammaṭṭhānaṃ, kammaṭṭhānapariharaṇūpāyo vā. Satiyā vā kāyānupassanāvasena paṭiladdhasamatho, sampajaññena vipassanā abhijjhādomanassavinayena bhāvanābalaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ.
而在《分别论》中,“随观者”的解释是:“其中,什么是随观?即慧、了知、简择、考察、法简择、总相察知、别相察知、审细察知、聪敏、善巧、精练、分析、思考、审度、地慧、心向导慧、观、正知、策励者、慧、慧根、慧力、慧剑、慧殿、慧光、慧照明、慧灯、慧宝、不痴、法简择、正见——这称为随观。他具备、具足、已抵达、已达到、已生起、拥有这种随观,因此称为‘随观者’。”“安住”:即行走、转起、保护、运作、使运作、行动、居住,因此称为“安住”。“精勤者”:其中,什么是精勤?即心的精进、策励、勇猛、努力、奋勉、发奋、坚强、坚毅、不松懈精勤性、不舍轭性、不弃担者、持轭胜、精进、精进根、精进力、正精进——这称为精勤。他具备……乃至……拥有这种精勤,因此称为“精勤者”。“正知者”:其中,什么是正知?即慧、了知……乃至……不痴、法简择、正见(与“随观”的解释相同)——这称为正知。他具备……乃至……拥有这种正知,因此称为“正知者”。“具念者”:其中,什么是念?即念、随念、忆念、记忆性、持守……显示巴利原文
Vibhaṅge pana anupassīti tattha ‘‘katamā anupassanā? Yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūrīmedhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi, ayaṃ vuccati anupassanā. Imāya anupassanāya upeto hoti samupeto upagato samupagato upapanno samannāgato, tena vuccati anupassīti. Viharatīti iriyati pavattati pāleti yapeti yāpeti carati viharati, tena vuccati viharatīti. Ātāpīti tattha katamaṃ ātāpaṃ? Yo cetasiko vīriyārambho nikammo parakkamo uyyāmo vāyāmo ussāho ussoḷhī thāmo dhiti asithilaparakkamatā anikkhittaddandatā anikkhittadhuratā dhurasampaggāhī vīriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ vīriyabalaṃ sammāvāyāmo, idaṃ vuccati ātāpaṃ. Iminā ātāpena upeto hoti…pe… samannāgato , tena vuccati ātāpīti. Sampajānoti tattha katamaṃ sampajaññaṃ? Yā paññā pajānanā vicayo pavicayo dhammavicayo sallakkhaṇā upalakkhaṇā paccupalakkhaṇā paṇḍiccaṃ kosallaṃ nepuññaṃ vebhabyā cintā upaparikkhā bhūrīmedhā pariṇāyikā vipassanā sampajaññaṃ patodo paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ paññāsatthaṃ paññāpāsādo paññāāloko paññāobhāso paññāpajjoto paññāratanaṃ amoho dhammavicayo sammādiṭṭhi, idaṃ vuccati sampajaññaṃ. Iminā sampajaññena upeto hoti …pe… samannāgato, tena vuccati sampajānoti. Satimāti tattha katamā sati? Yā sati anussati paṭissati sati saraṇatā dhāraṇatā apilāpanatā asammusanatā sati satindriyaṃ satibalaṃ sammāsati , ayaṃ vuccati sati. Imāya satiyā upeto hoti…pe… samannāgato, tena vuccati satimāti.
「伏于世间的贪与忧」:其中,什么是「世间」?此身即是世间,五取蕴也是世间,这些名为世间。其中,什么是「贪」?凡是贪、深贪、随顺、随悦、喜、喜贪、心的深贪,这就称为贪。其中,什么是「忧」?凡是心所的不乐、心所的苦、由心触所生的不乐与苦受,这就称为忧。如此,这种贪与这种忧于此世间已被调伏、彻底调伏、寂止、息灭、止息、消失、灭没、排除、遣除、干涸、完全干涸、断尽无余,因此说「伏于世间的贪与忧」。显示巴利原文
Vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassanti tattha katamo loko? Sveva kāyo loko. Pañcapi upādānakkhandhā loko, ayaṃ vuccati loko. Tattha katamā abhijjhā? Yo rāgo sārāgo anunayo anurodho nandī nandirāgo cittassa sārāgo, ayaṃ vuccati abhijjhā. Tattha katamaṃ domanassaṃ? Yaṃ cetasikaṃ asātaṃ cetasikaṃ dukkhaṃ cetosamphassajā asātā dukkhā vedanā, idaṃ vuccati domanassaṃ. Iti ayañca abhijjhā, idañca domanassaṃ imamhi loke vinītā honti paṭivinītā santā samitā vūpasamitā atthaṅgatā abbhatthaṅgatā appitā byappitā sositā visositā byantīkatā, tena vuccati vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassa’’nti (vibha. 357-362).
以上便是这些词句的意义解释。应知,此注疏的理趣与前述解释是相合的。至此,首先是关于「身随观念处」所示之义的义释。显示巴利原文
Evametesaṃ padānaṃ attho vutto. Tena saha ayaṃ aṭṭhakathānayo yathā saṃsandati, evaṃ veditabbo. Ayaṃ tāva kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānuddesassa atthavaṇṇanā.
现在是关于受、心、法的部分。在「于受,随观受而住……乃至……伏于世间的贪与忧」中,对于「于受,随观受」等,之所以再次提到受等,其用意应按照身随观中所说的道理来理解。关于「于受,随观受」、「于心,随观心」、「于法,随观法」:这里的「受」指的是三种受,且唯是世间的受;「心」也是世间心;「法」也是如此。它们的具体差别在广说品中会变得清晰。然而,此处仅需了知:正因他按照应当如何随观「受」的方式来随观,所以被称为「于受,随观受」。此理同样适用于「心」和「法」。那么,应当如何随观受呢?乐受应观为苦,苦受应观为箭,不苦不乐受应观为无常。正如所说:显示巴利原文
Idāni vedanāsu. Citte. Dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati…pe… vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassanti ettha vedanāsu vedanānupassīti evamādīsu vedanādīnaṃ puna vacane payojanaṃ kāyānupassanāyaṃ vuttanayeneva veditabbaṃ. Vedanāsu vedanānupassī. Citte cittānupassī. Dhammesu dhammānupassīti ettha pana vedanāti tisso vedanā, tā ca lokiyā eva. Cittampi lokiyaṃ, tathā dhammā. Tesaṃ vibhāgo niddesavāre pākaṭo bhavissati. Kevalaṃ panidha yathā vedanā anupassitabbā, tathā tā anupassanto ‘‘vedanāsu vedanānupassī’’ti veditabbo. Esa nayo cittadhammesupi. Kathañca vedanā anupassitabbāti? Sukhā tāva vedanā dukkhato, dukkhā sallato, adukkhamasukhā aniccato. Yathāha –
他将乐视为苦,将苦视为箭;
安住于不苦不乐时,他见其为无常;
他确是具足正观的比丘,寂静而行。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yo sukhaṃ dukkhato adda, dukkhamaddakkhi sallato; Adukkhamasukhaṃ santaṃ, addakkhi naṃ aniccato; Sa ve sammaddaso bhikkhu, upasanto carissatī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 4.253);
一切感受皆应视为“苦”,正如经中所说:“凡所感受,我皆说为苦。”并且亦应从乐与苦等角度进行随观,如经云:“乐受于住立时为乐,于变异时为苦。”这些皆应广说。此外,也应依无常等七种随观而作随观。其余诸义,至广说品自当明了。显示巴利原文
Sabbā eva cetā ‘‘dukkhā’’tipi anupassitabbā. Vuttañhetaṃ – ‘‘yaṃ kiñci vedayitaṃ, taṃ dukkhasminti vadāmī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 4.259). Sukhadukkhatopi ca anupassitabbā. Yathāha ‘‘sukhā vedanā ṭhitisukhā vipariṇāmadukkhā’’ti (ma. ni. 1.465) sabbaṃ vitthāretabbaṃ. Apica aniccādisattaanupassanāvasenapi anupassitabbā. Sesaṃ niddesavāreyeva pākaṭaṃ bhavissati.
于“心”与“法”方面:对“心”,应依所缘差别、增上差别、俱生差别、地差别、业差别、果报差别、功用差别等种种不同,并依无常等随观及广说品中所说的有贪等分类而修随观。对“法”,应依自相与共相、空法、无常等七种随观,以及广说品中所说的寂静等分类而修随观。余则如前同理。此处,虽说若于名为“身”的世间层面已断贪忧,于受等诸处贪忧亦自然断除;然而,为显示不同补特伽罗的差别,或为显示于诸心刹那中修习念处的差别,故于一切处皆如是说。又或,因一处断除,即于余处亦得断除故,当知此亦为显示彼诸处之断除而说。显示巴利原文
Cittadhammesupi cittaṃ tāva ārammaṇādhipatisahajātabhūmikammavipākakiriyādinānattabhedānaṃ aniccādianupassanānaṃ niddesavāre āgatasarāgādibhedānañca vasena anupassitabbaṃ. Dhammā salakkhaṇasāmaññalakkhaṇānaṃ suññatadhammassa aniccādisattānupassanānaṃ niddesavāre āgatasantādibhedānañca vasena anupassitabbā. Sesaṃ vuttanayameva. Kāmañcettha yassa kāyasaṅkhāte loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ pahīnaṃ, tassa vedanādīsupi taṃ pahīnameva. Nānāpuggalavasena pana nānācittakkhaṇikasatipaṭṭhānabhāvanāvasena ca sabbattha vuttaṃ. Yato vā ekattha pahīnaṃ sesesupi pahīnaṃ hoti, tenevassa tattha pahānadassanatthampi etaṃ vuttanti veditabbanti.
身随观·入出息节注释显示巴利原文
Kāyānupassanā ānāpānapabbavaṇṇanā
374 犹如善巧的竹编工匠,欲作粗席、细席、篮、筐、盒等器物,得一巨竹,先剖为四截,再取每一竹段劈开,制成种种用具。同样,世尊为使众生通过念处教法获得种种殊胜证悟,便将统一的“正念”依所缘分为四类:“诸比丘,有四念处。哪四种?此处,诸比丘,比丘于身随观身……”,等等。如此分已,为详释“身”等,乃一一执取各念处,以“诸比丘,云何……”之式展开广说。显示巴利原文
374. Idāni seyyathāpi nāma cheko vilīvakārako thūlakilañjasaṇhakilañjacaṅkoṭakapeḷāpuṭādīni upakaraṇāni kattukāmo ekaṃ mahāveṇuṃ labhitvā catudhā bhinditvā tato ekekaṃ veṇukhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā phāletvā taṃ taṃ upakaraṇaṃ kareyya, evameva bhagavā satipaṭṭhānadesanāya sattānaṃ anekappakāraṃ visesādhigamaṃ kattukāmo ekameva sammāsatiṃ ‘‘cattāro satipaṭṭhānā. Katame cattāro? Idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharatī’’tiādinā nayena ārammaṇavasena catudhā bhinditvā tato ekekaṃ satipaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā kāyaṃ vibhajanto ‘‘kathañca bhikkhave’’tiādinā nayena niddesavāraṃ vattumāraddho.
在此,“如何”等语句,是希求详细解说的提问。其略义为:“诸比丘,比丘以何方式于身随观身而住?”此理适用于所有问句。“在此,诸比丘,比丘”意指:“诸比丘,即于此教法中的比丘。”这里的“于此”一词,既表明能生起一切种类身随观之人的所依处即是此教法,也排除了其他教法中会有此情形。如经中说:“于此,诸比丘,才有沙门……乃至……其他外道之论,于沙门中皆是空无。”(中部1.139)因此说“于此教法中的比丘”。显示巴利原文
Tattha kathañcātiādi vitthāretukamyatāpucchā. Ayaṃ panettha saṅkhepattho – bhikkhave, kena ca pakārena bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharatīti? Esa nayo sabbapucchāvāresu. Idha bhikkhave bhikkhūti bhikkhave imasmiṃ sāsane bhikkhu. Ayañhettha idhasaddo sabbappakārakāyānupassanānibbattakassa puggalassa sannissayabhūtasāsanaparidīpano aññasāsanassa tathābhāvapaṭisedhano ca. Vuttañhetaṃ ‘‘idheva bhikkhave, samaṇo…pe… suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehī’’ti (ma. ni. 1.139). Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘imasmiṃ sāsane bhikkhū’’ti.
“前往阿兰若,或前往树下,或前往空寂之处”,这句话是说明他采纳了与修习念处相适的住处。因为这位比丘长久以来,其心在色等所缘上散驰,不肯进入业处之道,如同套上顽劣之牛的牛车,只行歪路。因此,犹如牧人想调教一头饮足顽劣母牛之乳而长大的顽劣小牛,先把它带离母牛,在一旁的地上竖一大柱,用绳将其拴住。那小牛东冲西撞,发现无法逃脱,最终便会依近或倚靠那根柱子。同样,为了调伏长久以来品尝色等所缘之味而养成的顽劣之心,这位比丘也必须将心从色等所缘移开,进入阿兰若、树下或空寂之处,在那里以念绳将心拴在念处所缘的柱子上。这样,他的心虽然还会东冲西撞,却找不到从前惯于攀附的所缘,无法咬断念绳逃走,于是便以近行定和安止定的方式,依近并倚靠那个所缘。因此古德说:显示巴利原文
Araññagato vā rukkhamūlagato vā suññāgāragato vāti idamassa satipaṭṭhānabhāvanānurūpasenāsanapariggahaparidīpanaṃ. Imassa hi bhikkhuno dīgharattaṃ rūpādīsu ārammaṇesu anuvisaṭaṃ cittaṃ kammaṭṭhānavīthiṃ otarituṃ na icchati, kūṭagoṇayuttaratho viya uppathameva dhāvati. Tasmā seyyathāpi nāma gopo kūṭadhenuyā sabbaṃ khīraṃ pivitvā vaḍḍhitaṃ kūṭavacchaṃ dametukāmo dhenuto apanetvā ekamante mahantaṃ thambhaṃ nikhaṇitvā tattha yottena bandheyya. Athassa so vaccho ito cito ca vipphanditvā palāyituṃ asakkonto tameva thambhaṃ upanisīdeyya vā upanipajjeyya vā, evameva imināpi bhikkhunā dīgharattaṃ rūpārammaṇādirasapānavaḍḍhitaṃ duṭṭhacittaṃ dametukāmena rūpādiārammaṇato apanetvā araññaṃ vā rukkhamūlaṃ vā suññāgāraṃ vā pavisitvā tattha satipaṭṭhānārammaṇatthambhe satiyottena bandhitabbaṃ. Evamassa taṃ cittaṃ ito cito ca vipphanditvāpi pubbe āciṇṇārammaṇaṃ alabhamānaṃ satiyottaṃ chinditvā palāyituṃ asakkontaṃ tamevārammaṇaṃ upacārappanāvasena upanisīdati ceva upanipajjati ca. Tenāhu porāṇā –
犹如有人为调伏牛犊,将其系在柱上;
同样地,应当将自己的心,牢固地系缚在念的所缘上。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathā thambhe nibandheyya, vacchaṃ damaṃ naro idha; Bandheyyevaṃ sakaṃ cittaṃ, satiyārammaṇe daḷha’’nti.
如此,这样的坐卧具便适合修习。因此说:‘此语是在阐明他获得了适合修习念处的坐卧具。’显示巴利原文
Evamassetaṃ senāsanaṃ bhāvanānurūpaṃ hoti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘idamassa satipaṭṭhānabhāvanānurūpasenāsanapariggahaparidīpana’’nti.
再者,因为这门入出息念业处,既是身随观念处的顶尖修法,也是一切佛、独觉佛与声闻弟子证得殊胜成就及现法乐住的基础;若不舍离充满男女、象、马等喧嚣的村边,便难以成就,因为禅那视声音为刺。然而,在无村的阿兰若中,行者则容易掌握此业处,修习入出息念第四禅,并以此禅那为根基,观照诸行,从而证得最胜的阿拉汉果。因此,为了显示适合他的坐卧具,世尊说:‘前往阿兰若……’等。显示巴利原文
Apica yasmā idaṃ kāyānupassanāya muddhabhūtaṃ sabbabuddhapaccekabuddhasāvakānaṃ visesādhigamadiṭṭhadhammasukhavihārapadaṭṭhānaṃ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ itthipurisahatthiassādisaddasamākulaṃ gāmantaṃ apariccajitvā na sukaraṃ sampādetuṃ, saddakaṇḍakattā jhānassa. Agāmake pana araññe sukaraṃ yogāvacarena idaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ pariggahetvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā tadeva jhānaṃ pādakaṃ katvā saṅkhāre sammasitvā aggaphalaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ, tasmāssa anurūpasenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā, ‘‘araññagato vā’’tiādimāha.
世尊恰如一位相地师。正如相地师观察城址,仔细考察后指示:‘此处适合建城。’待到城市平安落成,他便从王族得到极大的恭敬;同样,世尊考察适合禅修者的坐卧具后,指示说:‘应在此精勤修习业处。’随后,那位禅修者于此精进修习,次第证得阿拉汉果,于是世尊也得到极大的恭敬:‘彼世尊确实是正自觉者!’显示巴利原文
Vatthuvijjācariyo viya hi bhagavā. So yathā vatthuvijjācariyo nagarabhūmiṃ passitvā suṭṭhu upaparikkhitvā ‘‘ettha nagaraṃ māpethā’’ti upadisati, sotthinā ca nagare niṭṭhite rājakulato mahāsakkāraṃ labhati, evameva yogāvacarassa anurūpasenāsanaṃ upaparikkhitvā ‘‘ettha kammaṭṭhānamanuyuñjitabba’’nti upadisati, tato tattha kammaṭṭhānamanuyuñjantena yoginā anukkamena arahatte patte ‘‘sammāsambuddho vata so bhagavā’’ti mahantaṃ sakkāraṃ labhati.
这位比丘被称为‘如豹者’。正如大豹王在阿兰若中,依凭草丛、树丛或山丛潜藏身形,捕猎林牛、野牛、羊、野猪等兽;同样,这位比丘在阿兰若等处精勤修习业处,便能次第证得四道与四圣果。因此古代的老师们说——显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ pana bhikkhu dīpisadisoti vuccati. Yathā hi mahādīpirājā araññe tiṇagahanaṃ vā vanagahanaṃ vā pabbatagahanaṃ vā nissāya nilīyitvā vanamahiṃsagokaṇṇasūkarādayo mige gaṇhāti, evameva ayaṃ araññādīsu kammaṭṭhānaṃ anuyuñjanto bhikkhu yathākkamena cattāro magge ceva cattāri ariyaphalāni ca gaṇhāti. Tenāhu porāṇā –
犹如名为豹的猛兽,潜隐身形捕捉群鹿;
同样,这位佛子精勤修习毗婆舍那,
进入阿兰若后,便能证得最上果。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yathāpi dīpiko nāma, nilīyitvā gaṇhatī mige; Tathevāyaṃ buddhaputto, yuttayogo vipassako; Araññaṃ pavisitvāna, gaṇhāti phalamuttama’’nti.
因此,世尊为开示那与精进、敏锐相应的比丘居处——也就是阿兰若的坐卧处,而宣说了“或至阿兰若”等。从此以后,这部出入息念品中当说的内容,在《清净道论》中都已说过了。“诸比丘,犹如一位善巧的陶师”等,只是譬喻而已;“或于内身”等,也只是安止之谈;其中未加细说的部分,余处皆已说明。显示巴利原文
Tenassa parakkamajavayoggabhūmiṃ araññasenāsanaṃ dassento bhagavā ‘‘araññagato vā’’tiādimāha. Ito paraṃ imasmiṃ ānāpānapabbe yaṃ vattavbaṃ siyā, taṃ visuddhimagge vuttameva. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho bhamakāro vāti idañhi upamāmattameva iti ajjhattaṃ vā kāyeti idaṃ appanāmattameva ca tattha anāgataṃ, sesaṃ āgatameva.
对于尚未成形的物件,此处“dakkho”指善巧熟练者。“长拉”指在制作大鼓、大瓮等大件时,伸展手脚,长长地拉引。“短拉”指在制作牙签、针筒等小件时,缓慢而短促地拉引。同样地,这位比丘随入出息的长短,长入息时他了知“我长入息”……乃至学习“我将出息”。当他如此修习时,便以入出息为所缘而生起四种禅那;出定后,他或把握入出息,或把握诸禅支。显示巴利原文
Yaṃ pana anāgataṃ, tattha dakkhoti cheko. Dīghaṃ vā añchantoti mahantānaṃ bherīpokkharādīnaṃ likhanakāle hatthe ca pāde ca pasāretvā dīghaṃ kaḍḍhanto. Rassaṃ vā añchantoti khuddakānaṃ dantasūcivedhakādīnaṃ likhanakāle mandamandaṃ rassaṃ kaḍḍhanto. Evameva khoti evaṃ ayampi bhikkhu addhānavasena ittaravasena ca pavattānaṃ assāsapassāsānaṃ vasena dīghaṃ vā assasanto dīghaṃ assasāmīti pajānāti…pe… passasissāmīti sikkhatīti. Tassevaṃ sikkhato assāsapassāsanimitte cattāri jhānāni uppajjanti, so jhānā vuṭṭhahitvā assāsapassāse vā pariggaṇhāti jhānaṅgāni vā.
于此,以入出息为业处的比丘思惟:“这些入出息依于何者?它们依于依处。所谓依处,即是此身体;而身体即四大种与所造色。”如此,他辨识了色。随后,他以彼色为所缘的“触等第五”——即触、受、想、思、识,称为名。如是辨识名色后,他探寻其缘,见到了以无明等为始的缘起,从而断除疑惑:“这仅仅是缘生与依缘而起的法,此处并无其他的有情或补特伽罗。”他对这有因有缘的名色,以无常、苦、无我三相观照,增长观智,渐次证得阿拉汉果。此即比丘证达阿拉汉果的出离之门。显示巴利原文
Tattha assāsapassāsakammiko ‘‘ime assāsapassāsā kiṃ nissitā? Vatthunissitā. Vatthu nāma karajakāyo, karajakāyo nāma cattāri mahābhūtāni upādārūpañce’’ti evaṃ rūpaṃ pariggaṇhāti. Tato tadārammaṇe phassapañcamake nāmanti. Evaṃ nāmarūpaṃ pariggahetvā tassa paccayaṃ pariyesanto avijjādipaṭiccasamuppādaṃ disvā ‘‘paccayapaccayuppannadhammamattamevetaṃ, añño satto vā puggalo vā natthī’’ti vitiṇṇakaṅkho sappaccayanāmarūpe tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento anukkamena arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Idaṃ ekassa bhikkhuno yāva arahattā niyyānamukhaṃ.
以禅那为业处的比丘同样如此:“这些禅支依于何者?它们依于依处。所谓依处,即是此身体;禅支为名,身体为色。”如是确立名色后,他探寻其缘,见到了以无明等为始的缘起之理,从而断除疑惑:“这仅仅是缘生与依缘而起的法,此处并无其他的有情或补特伽罗。”他对这有因有缘的名色赋予三相,增长观智,渐次证得阿拉汉果。此即比丘证达阿拉汉果的出离之门。显示巴利原文
Jhānakammikopi ‘‘imāni jhānaṅgāni kiṃ nissitāni, vatthunissitāni, vatthu nāma karajakāyo jhānaṅgāni nāmaṃ, karajakāyo rūpa’’nti nāmarūpaṃ vavatthapetvā tassa paccayaṃ pariyesanto avijjādipaccayākāraṃ disvā ‘‘paccayapaccayuppannadhammamattamevetaṃ, añño satto vā puggalo vā natthī’’ti vitiṇṇakaṅkho sappaccayanāmarūpe tilakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhento anukkamena arahattaṃ pāpuṇāti. Idamekassa bhikkhuno yāva arahattā niyyānamukhaṃ.
“或于内”:即像这样,于自身的入出息身,以随观身而安住。“或于外”:即于他人的入出息身。“或于内与于外”:即有时于自身、有时于他人的入出息身。这是说明在他的业处纯熟之后,持续交替观察的时段。然而,在同一时刻,此二者无法同时观察。显示巴利原文
Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ attano vā assāsapassāsakāye kāyānupassī viharati. Bahiddhā vāti parassa vā assāsapassāsakāye. Ajjhattabahiddhā vāti kālena attano, kālena parassa assāsapassāsakāye. Etenassa paguṇakammaṭṭhānaṃ aṭṭhapetvā aparāparaṃ sañcaraṇakālo kathito. Ekasmiṃ kāle panidaṃ ubhayaṃ na labbhati.
“或随观集法者”:犹如铁匠依靠风箱、管嘴和相应的努力,风才得以持续来回流动;同样,比丘依靠所生身、鼻孔和心,入出息身才得以持续来回流动。身体等法为集起之法,观察这些集法者,即称为‘于身随观集法而住’。“或随观灭法者”:犹如移去风箱,管嘴破裂,又没有相应的努力时,那风便不会产生;同样,当身体毁坏,鼻孔破损,心灭尽时,所谓的入出息身便不会产生。如此观察由身体等的灭而导致入出息灭者,即称为‘于身随观灭法而住’。“或随观集灭法者”:即时而观察集,时而观察灭。而“或唯有身”的念现前:也就是说,唯有身存在,没有有情,没有补特伽罗,没有女人,没有男人,没有我,没有我所,没有‘我’,没有‘我的’,无人,也不属于任何人。就这样,他的念现前。显示巴利原文
Samudayadhammānupassīvāti yathā nāma kammārassa bhastañca gaggaranāḷiñca tajjañca vāyāmaṃ paṭicca vāto aparāparaṃ sañcarati, evaṃ bhikkhuno karajakāyañca nāsapuṭañca cittañca paṭicca assāsapassāsakāyo aparāparaṃ sañcarati. Kāyādayo dhammā samudayadhammā, te passanto ‘‘samudayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharatī’’ti vuccati. Vayadhammānupassī vāti yathā bhastāya apanītāya gaggaranāḷiyā bhinnāya tajje ca vāyāme asati so vāto nappavattati, evameva kāye bhinne nāsapuṭe viddhaste citte ca niruddhe assāsapassāsakāyo nāma nappavattatīti kāyādinirodhā assāsapassāsanirodhoti evaṃ passanto ‘‘vayadhammānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharatī’’ti vuccati. Samudayavayadhammānupassī vāti kālena samudayaṃ kālena vayaṃ anupassanto. Atthi kāyoti vā panassāti kāyova atthi, na satto, na puggalo, na itthī, na puriso, na attā, na attaniyaṃ, nāhaṃ, na mama, na koci, na kassacīti evamassa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti.
“仅止于”:这是为了确定目的的界限。意思是:那个现前的念,并非为了其他目的,而只是“仅止于”令智生起,也就是为了智与念辗转增上,为了增长念与正知。“无所依而安住”:即不依止于渴爱和邪见而安住。“于世间不执取任何”:即对于世间的任何色……乃至任何识,都不执取为‘这是我的我或我所’。此处的「亦」字,是承接上文意思,表示总括。世尊以这句结语,将出入息念章节的教法付嘱并明晰开示出来。显示巴利原文
Yāvadevāti payojanaparicchedavavatthāpanametaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yā sā sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti, sā na aññadatthāya. Atha kho yāvadeva ñāṇamattāya aparāparaṃ uttaruttari ñāṇapamāṇatthāya ceva satipamāṇatthāya ca, satisampajaññānaṃ vuḍḍhatthāyāti attho. Anissito ca viharatīti taṇhānissayadiṭṭhinissayānaṃ vasena anissitova viharati. Na ca kiñci loke upādiyatīti lokasmiṃ kiñci rūpaṃ vā…pe… viññāṇaṃ vā ‘‘ayaṃ me attā vā attaniyaṃ vā’’ti na gaṇhāti. Evampīti upari atthaṃ upādāya sampiṇḍanattho pi-kāro. Iminā pana padena bhagavā ānāpānapabbadesanaṃ niyyātetvā dasseti.
其中,执持入出息之念是苦谛;令它生起的前际渴爱是集谛;两者不再转起是灭谛;遍知苦、断集、以灭为所缘的圣道是道谛。如此依四谛精进,证得寂灭。这便是一位比丘依入出息念,直达阿拉汉果的出离门。显示巴利原文
Tattha assāsapassāsapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccaṃ, tassā samuṭṭhāpikā purimataṇhā samudayasaccaṃ ubhinnaṃ appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, dukkhaparijānano samudayapajahano nirodhārammaṇo ariyamaggo maggasaccaṃ. Evaṃ catusaccavasena ussakkitvā nibbutiṃ pāpuṇātīti idamekassa assāsapassāsavasena abhiniviṭṭhassa bhikkhuno yāva arahattā niyyānamukhanti.
威仪路品注释显示巴利原文
Iriyāpathapabbavaṇṇanā
375 375. 如此,依入出息解释了身随观之后,为依威仪作解释,便说“复次,比丘们……”等。于此,虽狗、豺狼等行走时也知“我们走”,但这并非指这样的了知。因为这样的了知不能破除有情的见,不能除去我想,不能成为业处或念处修习。然而,这位比丘的了知能破除有情的见,能除去我想,它既是业处,也是念处修习。这即是依“谁在行走?谁的行走?因何行走?”这样的正知而说。于站立等威仪,也是如此。显示巴利原文
375. Evaṃ assāsapassāsavasena kāyānupassanaṃ vibhajitvā idāni iriyāpathavasena vibhajituṃ puna caparantiādimāha. Tattha kāmaṃ soṇasiṅgālādayopi gacchantā ‘‘gacchāmā’’ti jānanti, na panetaṃ evarūpaṃ jānanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Evarūpañhi jānanaṃ sattūpaladdhiṃ na pajahati, attasaññaṃ na ugghāṭeti, kammaṭṭhānaṃ vā satipaṭṭhānabhāvanā vā na hoti. Imassa pana bhikkhuno jānanaṃ sattūpaladdhiṃ pajahati, attasaññaṃ ugghāṭeti kammaṭṭhānañceva satipaṭṭhānabhāvanā ca hoti. Idañhi ‘‘ko gacchati, kassa gamanaṃ, kiṃ kāraṇā gacchatī’’ti evaṃ sampajānanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Ṭhānādīsupi eseva nayo.
其中:“谁在行走?”并无任何有情或补特伽罗在行走。“是谁的行走?”也非任何有情或补特伽罗的行走。“为何行走?”是由于心所造风界的推动而行走。因此,这位比丘如此了知:“我行走”的心生起,那个心生起风,风产生表色;由心所造风界的推动,整个身体向前移动,这就称为行走。于站立等情况,也是如此。显示巴利原文
Tattha ko gacchatīti? Na koci satto vā puggalo vā gacchati. Kassa gamananti? Na kassaci sattassa vā puggalassa vā gamanaṃ. Kiṃ kāraṇā gacchatīti ? Cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphārena gacchati. Tasmā esa evaṃ pajānāti – ‘‘gacchāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajjati , taṃ vāyaṃ janeti, vāyo viññattiṃ janeti, cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphārena sakalakāyassa purato abhinīhāro gamananti vuccati. Ṭhānādīsupi eseva nayo.
同样地,当“我站立”之心生起时,此心生起风,风产生表色;由心所造的风界推动,从脚底开始,整个身体直立的状态便称为站立。当“我坐下”之心生起时,此心生起风,风产生表色;由心所造的风界推动,下半身弯曲、上半身直立的状态便称为坐。当“我躺下”之心生起时,此心生起风,风产生表色;由心所造的风界推动,整个身体横向伸展,便称为躺卧。显示巴利原文
Tatrāpi hi ‘‘tiṭṭhāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajjati, taṃ vāyaṃ janeti, vāyo viññattiṃ janeti, cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphārena sakalakāyassa koṭito paṭṭhāya ussitabhāvo ṭhānanti vuccati. ‘‘Nisīdāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajjati, taṃ vāyaṃ janeti, vāyo viññattiṃ janeti, cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphārena heṭṭhimakāyassa samiñjanaṃ uparimakāyassa ussitabhāvo nisajjāti vuccati. ‘‘Sayāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppajjati, taṃ vāyaṃ janeti, vāyo viññattiṃ janeti, cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphārena sakalasarīrassa tiriyato pasāraṇaṃ sayananti vuccatīti.
对于如此了知者,世俗虽谓“有情行走,有情站立”,然于真实义中,并无任何有情在行走或站立。恰如我们所称“车行走,车停下”,实无任何名为车之物在行走或停下;惟将四头牛套上,由一位善巧的御者驱策时,才依名言施设而称“车行走,车停下”。同样地,以不了知为义,身体如车,心生起的风如牛,心如御者。当“我行走”“我站立”之心生起时,风界便产生表色;依于心所造的风界推动,生起行走等,于是仅依名言施设而说“有情行走,有情站立,我行走,我站立”。是故说:显示巴利原文
Tassa evaṃ pajānato evaṃ hoti ‘‘satto gacchati, satto tiṭṭhatī’’ti vuccati, atthato pana koci satto gacchanto vā ṭhito vā natthi. Yathā pana ‘‘sakaṭaṃ gacchati, sakaṭaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti vuccati, na ca kiñci sakaṭaṃ nāma gacchantaṃ vā ṭhitaṃ vā atthi, cattāro pana goṇe yojetvā chekamhi sārathimhi pājente ‘‘sakaṭaṃ gacchati, sakaṭaṃ tiṭṭhatī’’ti vohāramattameva hoti, evameva ajānanaṭṭhena sakaṭaṃ viya kāyo, goṇā viya cittajavātā, sārathi viya cittaṃ. ‘‘Gacchāmi tiṭṭhāmī’’ti citte uppanne vāyodhātu viññattiṃ janayamānā uppajjati, cittakiriyavāyodhātuvipphārena gamanādīni pavattanti, tato ‘‘satto gacchati, satto tiṭṭhati, ahaṃ gacchāmi, ahaṃ tiṭṭhāmī’’ti vohāramattaṃ hoti. Tenāha –
木偶机关靠线绳牵引,而此身体机关则靠心这条绳索来牵引;
这个身体机关被连接起来后,便能行走、站立、坐下。
若离因缘,何处有所谓‘有情’,
仅凭自力,能立能行?”
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nāvā mālutavegena, jiyāvegena tejanaṃ; Yathā yāti tathā kāyo, yāti vātāhato ayaṃ. Yantaṃ suttavaseneva, cittasuttavasenidaṃ; Payuttaṃ kāyayantampi, yāti ṭhāti nisīdati. Ko nāma ettha so satto, yo vinā hetupaccaye; Attano ānubhāvena, tiṭṭhe vā yadi vā vaje’’ti.
因此,这位如是善巧观照‘行走等动作唯依因缘而生’的比丘,应当被理解为:行走时,他了知‘我行走’;站立时,他了知‘我站立’;坐着时,他了知‘我坐着’;躺卧时,他了知‘我躺卧’。显示巴利原文
Tasmā evaṃ hetupaccayavaseneva pavattāni gamanādīni sallakkhento esa ‘‘gacchanto vā gacchāmīti pajānāti, ṭhito vā, nisinno vā, sayāno vā sayānomhīti pajānātī’’ti veditabbo.
“然而,无论他的身体如何被安置,他都依那样的方式了知它”——这是一句总摄性的话。意思是:无论身体处于何种威仪,他都以那种威仪了知它。当身体以行走的威仪安住时,他便了知为‘行走’;以站立、坐着、躺着的威仪安住时,他便相应地了知为‘站立’、‘坐着’、‘躺着’。显示巴利原文
Yathā yathā vā panassa kāyo paṇihito hoti, tathā tathā naṃ pajānātīti sabbasaṅgāhikavacanametaṃ. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yena yena vā ākārenassa kāyo ṭhito hoti, tena tena naṃ pajānāti. Gamanākārena ṭhitaṃ gacchatīti pajānāti. Ṭhānanisajjasayanākārena ṭhitaṃ sayānoti pajānātīti.
因此,“或于内”:指通过观察自己的四威仪,于身安住于身随观。“或于外”:指通过观察他人的四威仪。“或于内外”:指时而观察自己的四威仪,时而观察他人的四威仪,于身安住于身随观。在“于集法随观而住”等文句中,则应依“无明集故色集”等理路,以五种方式引出对色蕴之集起与灭去的观察。此处的“于集法随观而住”等文句,正是为此而说。至于“或者,有‘身’的念现起”等,则与前面所述相同。显示巴利原文
Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ attano vā catuiriyāpathapariggaṇhanena kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Bahiddhā vāti parassa vā catuiriyāpathapariggaṇhanena. Ajjhattabahiddhā vāti kālena attano, kālena parassa catuiriyāpathapariggaṇhanena kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Samudayadhammānupassī vātiādīsu pana avijjāsamudayā rūpasamudayotiādinā nayena pañcahākārehi rūpakkhandhassa samudayo ca vayo ca nīharitabbo. Tañhi sandhāya idha ‘‘samudayadhammānupassī vā’’tiādi vuttaṃ. Atthi kāyoti vā panassātiādi vuttasadisameva.
在此威仪段落中,“把握四威仪的念”即是苦圣谛;令它生起的过往渴爱,是集圣谛;二者不再生起,是灭圣谛;遍知苦、断弃集、以灭为所缘的圣道,即是道圣谛。如此依四圣谛精勤修习,证入般涅槃——这是一位修习四威仪摄念的比丘,直至阿拉汉果的出离之门。显示巴利原文
Idhāpi catuiriyāpathapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccaṃ, tassā samuṭṭhāpikā purimataṇhā samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnaṃ appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, dukkhaparijānano samudayapajahano nirodhārammaṇo ariyamaggo maggasaccaṃ. Evaṃ catusaccavasena ussakkitvā nibbutiṃ pāpuṇātīti idamekassa catuiriyāpathapariggāhakassa bhikkhuno yāva arahattā niyyānamukhanti.
四正知品注释显示巴利原文
Catusampajaññapabbavaṇṇanā
376 如此从威仪的角度说明身随观之后,现在为了从四正知的角度说明,便又说:“再者……”等等。其中,“前进”等词义已在《沙门果经》中解释。如经云“或于内身”等:即以如此摄持四正知的方式,于自身、于他身、或有时于自身、有时于他身,安住于身随观。此处“安住于随观集灭法”等句,亦唯当导出色蕴的集与灭。其余所说与前相同。显示巴利原文
376. Evaṃ iriyāpathavasena kāyānupassanaṃ vibhajitvā idāni catusampajaññavasena vibhajituṃ puna caparantiādimāha . Tattha abhikkantetiādīni sāmaññaphale vaṇṇitāni. Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ catusampajaññapariggaṇhanena attano vā kāye, parassa vā kāye, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Idhāpi samudayavayadhammānupassītiādīsu rūpakkhandhasseva samudayo ca vayo ca nīharitabbo. Sesaṃ vuttasadisameva.
此处,以四正知摄持的念是苦圣谛;令它生起的过去渴爱是集圣谛;两者的不转起是灭圣谛;如前所述的圣道是道圣谛。如此依四圣谛策励精进而证入寂灭——这便是就一位摄持四正知的比丘而言,直至阿拉汉的解脱门。显示巴利原文
Idha catusampajaññapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccaṃ, tassā samuṭṭhāpikā purimataṇhā samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnaṃ appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, vuttappakāro ariyamaggo maggasaccaṃ. Evaṃ catusaccavasena ussakkitvā nibbutiṃ pāpuṇātīti idamekassa catusampajaññapariggāhakassa bhikkhuno vasena yāva arahattā niyyānamukhanti.
关于不净作意部分的注释显示巴利原文
Paṭikūlamanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā
377 如此从四正知的角度分别身随观后,现在为了从不净作意的角度分别,便又说:“再者……”等等。其中,关于“即此身……”等一切当说之义,《清净道论》“身至念业处”中,已以全面详尽的方式解说过。“两端有口的”:即与下方和上方两个口相连。“种种种类的”:即各式各样。显示巴利原文
377. Evaṃ catusampajaññavasena kāyānupassanaṃ vibhajitvā idāni paṭikūlamanasikāravasena vibhajituṃ puna caparantiādimāha. Tattha imameva kāyantiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ siyā, taṃ sabbaṃ sabbākārena vitthārato visuddhimagge kāyagatāsatikammaṭṭhāne vuttaṃ. Ubhatomukhāti heṭṭhā ca upari cāti dvīhi mukhehi yuttā. Nānāvihitassāti nānāvidhassa.
此处应这样理解譬喻的对应关系:那只两端开口的袋子,好比这四大所造的身体;其中混杂装入的各种谷物,好比头发等三十二身分;明眼人,好比禅修者;当他解开袋子进行观察时,种种谷物清晰呈现的那个时刻,也就是禅修者的三十二身分变得分明清晰的时刻,应如此理解。因此,“或于内身……”意思是:通过这样把握头发等诸身分,在自己的身上、在他人的身上,或有时在自己身上、有时在他人身上,安住于身随观。此后的内容,即按前文已述的道理继续。惟在此处,执持三十二身分的念便是“苦圣谛”——作了这样的关联之后,当知这就是出离的入口。其余部分与前说相同。显示巴利原文
Idaṃ panettha opammasaṃsandanaṃ – ubhatomukhā putoḷi viya hi cātumahābhūtiko kāyo, tattha missetvā pakkhittanānāvidhadhaññaṃ viya kesādayo dvattiṃsākārā, cakkhumā puriso viya yogāvacaro, tassa taṃ putoḷiṃ muñcitvā paccavekkhato nānāvidhadhaññassa pākaṭakālo viya yogino dvattiṃsākārassa vibhūtakālo veditabbo. Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ kesādipariggaṇhanena attano vā kāye, parassa vā kāye, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Ito paraṃ vuttanayameva. Kevalañhi idha dvattiṃsākārapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccanti evaṃ yojanaṃ katvā niyyānamukhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ purimasadisamevāti.
界作意部分的注释显示巴利原文
Dhātumanasikārapabbavaṇṇanā
378 378. 如此通过不净作意分别了身随观之后,现在为了通过界作意来分别,便接着说“再者……”等语。此处,连同譬喻对应的义理解释如下:如同某位屠牛者,或那个以食酬劳而受雇的徒弟,杀了牛,将牛肢解之后,坐在通往四个方向的大路中央——也就是所谓“四衢大路”的地方,把肉切成一块一块的;同样地,比丘无论以四种威仪中的任何威仪安住,就依当时身体所在的威仪,如实地这样观察:“在这个身体里,有地界……乃至……风界”,应如此观察。显示巴利原文
378. Evaṃ paṭikūlamanasikāravasena kāyānupassanaṃ vibhajitvā idāni dhātumanasikāravasena vibhajituṃ puna caparantiādimāha. Tatthāyaṃ opammasaṃsandanena saddhiṃ atthavaṇṇanā – yathā koci goghātako vā tasseva vā bhattavetanabhato antevāsiko gāviṃ vadhitvā vinivijjhitvā catasso disā gatānaṃ mahāpathānaṃ vemajjhaṭṭhānasaṅkhāte catumahāpathe koṭṭhāsaṃ koṭṭhāsaṃ katvā nisinno assa, evameva bhikkhu catunnaṃ iriyāpathānaṃ yena kenaci ākārena ṭhitattā yathāṭhitaṃ, yathāṭhitattā ca yathāpaṇihitaṃ kāyaṃ ‘‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavīdhātu…pe… vāyodhātū’’ti evaṃ paccavekkhati.
这是要说明什么呢?就如屠牛者喂养牛的时候、把牛牵向屠宰场的时候、牵来拴在那里放着的时候、正在杀的时候,以及看见已被杀死的那头牛的时候,只要他还没有剖开牛身、分块切好,在那个阶段,“牛”这个概念就不会消失。然而,当他剖开并分切成一块块坐下之后,此时“牛”的概念便消失了,“肉”的概念便现起。他不会这样想:“我在卖牛,这些人把牛带走”,而只会这样想:“我在卖肉,这些人把肉带走”。同样地,这位比丘在还处于愚痴凡夫的阶段,无论在家人时期还是出家以后,只要他还没有对这个就这样安住、就这样摆放的色身破除其密集的假相,没有从界的角度去观察,在那个阶段,“有情”或“人”的概念就不会消失。然而,当他从界的角度去观察时,“有情”的概念便消失,心便只依于诸界而安住。因此,世尊说:“他如其所住、如其所安立地观察此身:‘在此身内,有地界、水界、火界、风界。’诸比丘,如同一位熟练的屠牛者……乃至……风界。”确实,禅修者如同屠牛者,“牛”的概念如同“有情”的概念,四衢大路如同四种威仪,坐下分切后的状态如同从界的角度。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathā goghātakassa gāviṃ posentassāpi āghātanaṃ āharantassāpi āharitvā tattha bandhitvā ṭhapentassapi vadhentassāpi vadhitaṃ mataṃ passantassāpi tāvadeva gāvīti saññā na antaradhāyati, yāva naṃ padāletvā bilaso na vibhajati. Vibhajitvā nisinnassa panassa gāvīti saññā antaradhāyati, maṃsasaññā pavattati. Nāssa evaṃ hoti – ‘‘ahaṃ gāviṃ vikkiṇāmi, ime gāviṃ harantī’’ti. Atha khvassa ‘‘ahaṃ maṃsaṃ vikkiṇāmi, ime maṃsaṃ haranti’’ cceva hoti; evameva imassāpi bhikkhuno pubbe bālaputhujjanakāle gihibhūtassāpi pabbajitassāpi tāvadeva sattoti vā puggaloti vā saññā na antaradhāyati, yāva imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ ghanavinibbhogaṃ katvā dhātuso na paccavekkhati. Dhātuso paccavekkhato panassa sattasaññā antaradhāyati, dhātuvaseneva cittaṃ santiṭṭhati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘‘imameva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati ‘atthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū’ti. Seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, dakkho goghātako vā…pe… vāyodhātū’’ti. Goghātako viya hi yogī, gāvīti saññā viya sattasaññā, catumahāpatho viya catuiriyāpatho, bilaso vibhajitvā nisinnabhāvo viya dhātuso paccavekkhaṇanti ayamettha pāḷivaṇṇanā. Kammaṭṭhānakathā pana visuddhimagge vitthāritā.
因此,「或于内身……」:即如此通过四界把握,于自身、于他身,或一时于自身、一时于他身,安住于身随观。此后,其余部分如前所述方式继续。唯在此处,以四界把握之念即为「苦圣谛」——作了如此联结后,当知此即出离之入口。余下部分与前相同。显示巴利原文
Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ catudhātupariggaṇhanena attano vā kāye, parassa vā kāye, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa kāye kāyānupassī viharati. Ito paraṃ vuttanayameva. Kevalañhi idha catudhātupariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccanti evaṃ yojanaṃ katvā niyyānamukhaṃ veditabbaṃ, sesaṃ purimasadisamevāti.
九种墓地节的注释显示巴利原文
Navasivathikapabbavaṇṇanā
379 如此,以界作意的方式分别了身随观之后,现在为以九种墓地节来分别,又说「再者」等。其中,「正如比丘看见」意思是如所看见的。 「身体」指死尸。「弃置于墓地」指丢弃在坟场中。「一日死者的」即死亡一日的。「二日死者的」即死亡二日的。「三日死者的」即死亡三日的。犹如铁匠的鼓风囊,因寿命穷尽后次第生起的风而膨胀,以膨胀为相即是「肿胀」;「肿胀」本身即指「肿胀的」;或因厌恶而可厌的肿胀,故称「肿胀的」。「青瘀」指颜色变异败坏;「青瘀」即指「青瘀的」;或因厌恶而可厌的青瘀,故称「青瘀的」。在肉厚处呈红色,在脓积聚处呈白色,而大部分地方呈蓝色——就这些蓝色处而言,如同披上蓝布的死尸,这是其同义语。从破裂处或九处疮口流出的脓即是「流脓」;「流脓」即指「流脓的」;或因厌恶而可厌的流脓,故称「流脓的」。成为流脓、已达此状态者,即称「流脓已成」。显示巴利原文
379. Evaṃ dhātumanasikāravasena kāyānupassanaṃ vibhajitvā idāni navahi sivathikapabbehi vibhajituṃ puna caparantiādimāha. Tattha seyyathāpi passeyyāti yathā passeyya. Sarīranti matasarīraṃ. Sivathikāya chaḍḍitanti susāne apaviddhaṃ. Ekāhaṃ matassa assāti ekāhamataṃ. Dvīhaṃ matassa assāti dvīhamataṃ. Tīhaṃ matassa assāti tīhamataṃ. Kammārabhastā viya vāyunā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā yathānukkamaṃ samuggatena sūnabhāvena uddhumātattā uddhumātaṃ, uddhumātameva uddhumātakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ uddhumātanti uddhumātakaṃ. Vinīlaṃ vuccati viparibhinnavaṇṇaṃ, vinīlameva vinīlakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vinīlanti vinīlakaṃ. Maṃsussadaṭṭhānesu rattavaṇṇassa pubbasannicayaṭṭhānesu setavaṇṇassa yebhuyyena ca nīlavaṇṇassa nīlaṭṭhānesu nīlasāṭakapārutasseva chavasarīrassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Paribhinnaṭṭhānehi navahi vā vaṇamukhehi vissandamānapubbaṃ vipubbaṃ, vipubbameva vipubbakaṃ. Paṭikūlattā vā kucchitaṃ vipubbanti vipubbakaṃ. Vipubbakaṃ jātaṃ tathābhāvaṃ gatanti vipubbakajātaṃ.
「那位比丘就自己的身体」:那位比丘以自己的这个身体,以智将其(所观之尸)与彼身关联、连结起来。如何关联?即:「此身亦同此性质,同此状态,未超越于此。」所谓「此身亦同此性质」,是指:由于寿、暖、识这三种法的存在,此身才能行住坐卧等;一旦它们离去,此身也同样具有这种性质——即这般腐烂的自体。「同此状态」是指,会变成这样肿胀等的状态。「未超越于此」是指,尚未超越这样变成肿胀等的状态。如此,以把握肿胀等相,或于自身、或于他身,或一时于自身、一时于他身,安住于身随观。显示巴利原文
So imameva kāyanti so bhikkhu imaṃ attano kāyaṃ tena kāyena saddhiṃ ñāṇena upasaṃharati upaneti. Kathaṃ? Ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃbhāvī evaṃanatītoti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – āyu, usmā, viññāṇanti imesaṃ tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ atthitāya ayaṃ kāyo ṭhānagamanādikhamo hoti, imesaṃ pana vigamā ayampi kho kāyo evaṃdhammo evaṃ pūtikasabhāvoyeva, evaṃbhāvī evaṃ uddhumātādibhedo bhavissati, evaṃanatīto evaṃ uddhumātādibhāvaṃ anatikkantoti. Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ uddhumātādipariggaṇhanena attano vā kāye, parassa vā kāye, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
「被食的」:指乌鸦等落在腹部等处,反复拔扯、啃食腹肉、唇肉、眼角肉等,正在被吃的尸体。“有肉有血”:指还有残余的肉与血连在一起。“无肉而涂血”:肉已耗尽时血仍未干,就这种情况说“无肉而涂血”。“从别处”:指从另一个方向。“手骨”:即分成六十四块、各自分散的手骨。足骨等也应同样理解。显示巴利原文
Khajjamānanti udarādīsu nisīditvā udaramaṃsaoṭṭhamaṃsaakkhikūṭādīni luñcitvā luñcitvā khādiyamānaṃ. Samaṃsalohitanti sāvasesamaṃsalohitayuttaṃ. Nimaṃsalohitamakkhitanti maṃse khīṇepi lohitaṃ na sussati, taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘nimaṃsalohitamakkhita’’nti. Aññenāti aññena disābhāgena. Hatthaṭṭhikanti catusaṭṭhibhedampi hatthaṭṭhikaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ pāṭiyekkaṃ vippakiṇṇaṃ. Pādaṭṭhikādīsupi eseva nayo.
「超过年的」:指超过一年的。“腐烂的”:指放置于露天,受风、日晒、雨淋,超过一年而腐烂的;但若埋入地下,则可存留更久。“变成粉末的”:指碎成粉末、四处散开的。在所有这些阶段,都应按“就自己的身体”等所述的方法,依被食等状态来结合。如此,以把握被食等相,直至变成粉末的状态,依于自身、或依于他身、或时依自身、或时依他身,安住于「身随观」。显示巴利原文
Terovassikānīti atikkantasaṃvaccharāni. Pūtīnīti abbhokāse ṭhitāni vātātapavuṭṭhisamphassena terovassikāneva pūtīni honti, antobhūmigatāni pana cirataraṃ tiṭṭhanti. Cuṇṇakajātānīti cuṇṇaṃ cuṇṇaṃ hutvā vippakiṇṇāni. Sabbattha so imamevāti vuttanayena khajjamānādīnaṃ vasena yojanā kātabbā. Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ khajjamānādipariggaṇhanena yāva cuṇṇakabhāvā attano vā kāye, parassa vā kāye kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa kāye kāyānupassī viharati.
于此,当将九种墓地加以合并。即:“一日死者的”等方法所说的一切为一种;“被乌鸦等所食的”为一种;“骨锁、有肉有血、以筋相连”为一种;“无肉涂血、以筋相连”为一种;“肉血皆离、以筋相连”为一种;“骨已散离”等为一种;“骨白如螺色鲜明”为一种;“堆积超过年的”为一种;“腐烂、变成粉末”为一种。显示巴利原文
Idha pana ṭhatvā navasivathikā samodhānetabbā. Ekāhamataṃ vāti hi ādinā nayena vuttā sabbāpi ekā, kākehi vā khajjamānantiādikā ekā, aṭṭhikasaṅkhalikaṃ samaṃsalohitaṃ nhārusambandhanti ekā, nimaṃsalohitamakkhitaṃ nhārusambandhanti ekā, apagatamaṃsalohitaṃ nhārusambandhanti ekā, aṭṭhikāni apagatasambandhānītiādikā ekā aṭṭhikāni setāni saṅkhavaṇṇapaṭibhāgānīti ekā, puñjakitāni terovassikānīti ekā, pūtīni cuṇṇakajātānīti ekāti.
“如此,比丘们”——这是世尊在展示了九种墓地之后,结束「身随观」时所说的话。其中,能摄持九种墓地的念是苦谛;能令其生起的先前渴爱是集谛;这两者的不转起是灭谛;了知苦、舍断集、以灭为所缘的圣道是道谛。如此,依此四谛精勤,达到寂灭,这便是把握九种墓地的比丘们直至证得阿拉汉的导引入口。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ kho, bhikkhaveti idaṃ navasivathikā dassetvā kāyānupassanaṃ niṭṭhapento āha. Tattha navasivathikapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccaṃ, tassā samuṭṭhāpikā purimataṇhā samudayasaccaṃ, ubhinnaṃ appavatti nirodhasaccaṃ, dukkhaparijānano samudayapajahano nirodhārammaṇo ariyamaggo maggasaccaṃ. Evaṃ catusaccavasena ussakkitvā nibbutiṃ pāpuṇātīti idaṃ navasivathikapariggāhakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ yāva arahattā niyyānamukhanti.
至此,安那般那节、威仪节、四正知节、不净作意节、界作意节、九种墓地节——这十四节的身随观便已结束。其中,安那般那节与不净作意节是仅有的两种安止业处;而墓地节是依过患随观而说,故其余十二种仅是近行业处。显示巴利原文
Ettāvatā ca ānāpānapabbaṃ, iriyāpathapabbaṃ, catusampajaññapabbaṃ, paṭikūlamanasikārapabbaṃ, dhātumanasikārapabbaṃ, navasivathikapabbānīti cuddasapabbā kāyānupassanā niṭṭhitā hoti. Tattha ānāpānapabbaṃ, paṭikūlamanasikārapabbanti imāneva dve appanākammaṭṭhānāni, sivathikānaṃ pana ādīnavānupassanāvasena vuttattā sesāni dvādasāpi upacārakammaṭṭhānānevāti.
「受随观」的注释显示巴利原文
Vedanānupassanāvaṇṇanā
380 380. 如此,世尊以十四种方式开示完身随观念处后,为了接着以九种方式讲解受随观,于是说“再者,比丘们……”等语。此处,“乐受”是指:当正在体验身体或心理的乐受时,他清楚地了知“我正在体验乐受”。诚然,即便是仰卧的婴儿在吃奶等时体验到乐受,也知道“我在体验乐受”,但这里并非指这种知。因为这种知并不能舍弃有情执、不能破除有身见,也不成为业处或念处的修行。而这位比丘的知,则能舍弃有情执、破除有身见,既是业处,也是念处的修行。因为这是针对那些依正知而体验,并如此审察——“谁在体验?这是谁的受?此受因何而起?”的人而说的。显示巴利原文
380. Evaṃ bhagavā cuddasavidhena kāyānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā idāni navavidhena vedanānupassanaṃ kathetuṃ kathañca, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha sukhaṃ vedananti kāyikaṃ vā cetasikaṃ vā sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘‘ahaṃ sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’’ti pajānātīti attho. Tattha kāmaṃ uttānaseyyakāpi dārakā thaññapivanādikāle sukhaṃ vedayamānā ‘‘sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmā’’ti pajānanti, na panetaṃ evarūpaṃ jānanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ. Evarūpañhi jānanaṃ sattūpaladdhiṃ na jahati, attasaññaṃ na ugghāṭeti, kammaṭṭhānaṃ vā satipaṭṭhānabhāvanā vā na hoti. Imassa pana bhikkhuno jānanaṃ sattūpaladdhiṃ jahati, attasaññaṃ ugghāṭeti, kammaṭṭhānañceva satipaṭṭhānabhāvanā ca hoti. Idañhi ‘‘ko vedayati, kassa vedanā, kiṃ kāraṇā vedanā’’ti evaṃ sampajānavediyanaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ.
在这里,“谁在感受?”——并无任何有情或补特伽罗在感受。“感受属于谁?”——感受不属于任何有情或补特伽罗。“感受因何而生?”——只是依托于事和所缘,才有此受。因此,他这样了知:“以某种乐等的事为所缘,仅仅是受在感受;而依于受的生起,所谓‘我在感受’只不过是一种假名。”如此,作意“以事为所缘,唯有受在感受”的人,应知他即是了知“我感受乐受”的人,犹如心拉山的那位长老一般。显示巴利原文
Tattha ko vedayatīti na koci satto vā puggalo vā vedayati. Kassa vedanāti na kassaci sattassa vā puggalassa vā vedanā. Kiṃ kāraṇā vedanāti vatthuārammaṇāva panassa vedanā, tasmā esa evaṃ pajānāti ‘‘taṃ taṃ sukhādīnaṃ vatthuṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā vedanāva vedayati taṃ pana vedanāya pavattiṃ upādāya’ahaṃ vedayāmī’ti vohāramattaṃ hotī’’ti. Evaṃ vatthuṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā vedanāva vedayatīti sallakkhento esa ‘‘sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmīti pajānātī’’ti veditabbo cittalapabbate aññataratthero viya.
据说,那位长老在生病时,因剧痛而呻吟,辗转反侧。一位年轻比丘问他:“尊者,您哪里疼痛?”长老回答:“贤友,并没有一个固定的疼痛之处,只是以依处为所缘,受在感受而已。”年轻比丘说:“尊者,既然从了知之时起,您便能够忍受,不是吗?”长老说:“贤友,我在忍受。”年轻比丘说:“善哉,尊者,忍辱是至高的苦行。”长老便安忍不动。病风一直割裂到心脏,肠子堆满了床。长老示意给年轻比丘看:“贤友,这样的忍耐,还算可以吗?”年轻比丘默然。长老便止观双运,与无碍解一同证得阿拉汉果,成为等头者而般涅槃。显示巴利原文
Thero kira aphāsukakāle balavavedanāya nitthunanto aparāparaṃ parivattati, tameko daharo āha – ‘‘kataraṃ vo, bhante, ṭhānaṃ rujjatī’’ti. Āvuso, pāṭiyekkaṃ rujjanaṭṭhānaṃ nāma natthi, vatthuṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā vedanāva vedayatīti. Evaṃ jānanakālato paṭṭhāya adhivāsetuṃ vaṭṭati no, bhante,ti. Adhivāsemi, āvusoti. Adhivāsanā, bhante, seyyoti. Thero adhivāsesi. Vāto yāva hadayā phālesi, mañcake antāni rāsikatāni ahesuṃ. Thero daharassa dassesi ‘‘vaṭṭatāvuso, ettakā adhivāsanā’’ti. Daharo tuṇhī ahosi. Thero vīriyasamataṃ yojetvā saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇitvā samasīsī hutvā parinibbāyi.
正如乐受,对苦受……乃至……正在体验无染着的不苦不乐受时,了知“我体验无染着的不苦不乐受”。如是,世尊在讲完色业处之后,欲讲无色业处。因为若依触或依心而说,所讲的内容并不明显,犹如黑暗一般;而由于受的生起是明显的,依受而说便显得明了。因此,这里与《帝释问经》相同,也是依受而说无色业处。其中,“业处有二种:色业处与无色业处”等的论说,应按照《帝释问经》中所说的方式来了知。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca sukhaṃ, evaṃ dukkhaṃ…pe… nirāmisaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘‘nirāmisaṃ adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī’’ti pajānāti. Iti bhagavā rūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā arūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathento yasmā phassavasena cittavasena vā kathiyamānaṃ pākaṭaṃ na hoti , andhakāraṃ viya khāyati, vedanānaṃ pana uppattipākaṭatāya vedanāvasena pākaṭaṃ hoti, tasmā sakkapañhe viya idhāpi vedanāvasena arūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathesi. Tattha ‘‘duvidhañhi kammaṭṭhānaṃ rūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ arūpakammaṭṭhānañcā’’tiādi kathāmaggo sakkapañhe vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
关于“乐受”等,尚有另一种了知方式。“体验乐受时了知”:是说在乐受的刹那,苦受不存在,因此当他体验乐受时,即了知:“我所体验的唯是乐受。”由此,过去曾有的苦受今已不存,而此乐受往昔亦无,故受被说为无常、不坚实、变坏之法。如此,他于彼时即成就正知。世尊亦如是说:显示巴利原文
Tattha sukhaṃ vedanantiādīsu ayaṃ aparopi pajānanapariyāyo, sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmīti pajānātīti sukhavedanākkhaṇe dukkhavedanāya abhāvato sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayamāno ‘‘sukhaṃ vedanaṃyeva vedayāmī’’ti pajānāti. Tena yā pubbe bhūtapubbā dukkhavedanā, tassa idāni abhāvato imissā ca sukhāya vedanāya ito paṭhamaṃ abhāvato vedanā nāma aniccā adhuvā vipariṇāmadhammā, itiha tattha sampajāno hoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ bhagavatā –
“阿耆毗舍那,当体验乐受时,那时既不体验苦受,也不体验不苦不乐受,唯体验乐受。阿耆毗舍那,当体验苦受时……乃至……体验不苦不乐受时,那时既不体验乐受,也不体验苦受,唯体验不苦不乐受。阿耆毗舍那,乐受亦是无常、有为、缘生、灭尽法、衰灭法、离贪法、灭法。阿耆毗舍那,苦受亦……乃至……阿耆毗舍那,不苦不乐受亦是无常……乃至……灭法。阿耆毗舍那,如是见的圣多闻弟子,厌离乐受,厌离苦受,亦厌离不苦不乐受;由厌离故离贪,由离贪故解脱;得解脱时,生起‘已解脱’之智,了知:‘生已尽,梵行已立,应作已作,不受后有。’”显示巴利原文
‘‘Yasmiṃ, aggivessana, samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, neva tasmiṃ samaye dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, sukhaṃyeva tasmiṃ samaye vedanaṃ vedeti. Yasmiṃ, aggivessana, samaye dukkhaṃ…pe… adukkhamasukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, neva tasmiṃ samaye sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, na dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedeti, adukkhamasukhaṃyeva tasmiṃ samaye vedanaṃ vedeti. Sukhāpi, kho, aggivessana, vedanā aniccā saṅkhatā paṭiccasamuppannā khayadhammā vayadhammā virāgadhammā nirodhadhammā. Dukkhāpi, kho…pe… adukkhamasukhāpi kho, aggivessana, vedanā aniccā…pe… nirodhadhammā. Evaṃ passaṃ, aggivessana, sutavā ariyasāvako sukhāyapi vedanāya nibbindati, dukkhāyapi vedanāya nibbindati, adukkhamasukhāyapi vedanāya nibbindati, nibbindaṃ virajjati, virāgā vimuccati, vimuttasmiṃ ‘vimuttamī’ti ñāṇaṃ hoti, ‘khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā’ti pajānātī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.205).
于“有染的乐受”等句中:“有染的乐受”指六种依止在家生活的喜受,这些喜受依于对五欲功德的染著;“无染的乐受”指六种依止出离生活的喜受;“有染的苦受”指六种依止在家生活的忧受;“无染的苦受”指六种依止出离生活的忧受;“有染的不苦不乐受”指六种依止在家生活的舍受;“无染的不苦不乐受”指六种依止出离生活的舍受。这些受的详细分别,已于《帝释问经》中说明。显示巴利原文
Sāmisaṃ vā sukhantiādīsu sāmisā sukhā nāma pañcakāmaguṇāmisasannissitā cha gehasitasomanassavedanā. Nirāmisā sukhā nāma cha nekkhammasitasomanassavedanā. Sāmisā dukkhā nāma cha gehasitadomanassavedanā. Nirāmisā dukkhā nāma cha nekkhammasitadomanassavedanā. Sāmisā adukkhamasukhā nāma cha gehasitaupekkhāvedanā. Nirāmisā adukkhamasukhā nāma cha nekkhammasitaupekkhāvedanā. Tāsaṃ vibhāgo sakkapañhe vuttoyeva.
“或于内”等:如此,通过把握乐受等,比丘安住于随观受——或观察自己的受,或观察他人的受,有时观察自己的受,有时观察他人的受。“随观集灭法者”:在此,应依据“由无明集而有受集”等,以五种五相来观察受的集起与灭去,依此应知:“安住于受中随观集法,安住于受中随观灭法,有时安住于受中随观集法,有时安住于受中随观灭法”。此后的解释,与身随观部分所说的方法完全一致。此处唯一的差别是:将执取受的正念视为苦谛,如此结合后,便能了知那位执取受的比丘的解脱门;其余一切,皆同于前。显示巴利原文
Itiajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ sukhavedanādipariggaṇhanena attano vā vedanāsu, parassa vā vedanāsu, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa vedanāsu vedanānupassī viharati. Samudayavayadhammānupassī vāti ettha pana avijjāsamudayā vedanāsamudayotiādīhi pañcahi pañcahi ākārehi vedanānaṃ samudayañca vayañca passanto ‘‘samudayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, vayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharati, kālena samudayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu, kālena vayadhammānupassī vā vedanāsu viharatī’’ti veditabbo. Ito paraṃ kāyānupassanāyaṃ vuttanayameva. Kevalañhi idha vedanāpariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccanti evaṃ yojanaṃ katvā vedanāpariggāhakassa bhikkhuno niyyānamukhaṃ veditabbaṃ, sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
心随观(心念处)的注释显示巴利原文
Cittānupassanāvaṇṇanā
381 以九种方式阐述了受随观念处之后,现在为了以十六种方式说明心随观,而说:“诸比丘,复次,云何……”等。其中,“有贪”指与八种贪俱行的心。“离贪”指世间的善心和无记心。然而,由于此处的分类是对于诸法的遍察,而非法的总集,因此无论哪一类都不包含出世间心。其余四种不善心,既不归入前类,也不归入后类。“有瞋”指与两种忧俱行的心。“离瞋”指世间的善心和无记心。其余十种不善心,同样不归入前类,也不归入后类。“有痴”指与疑俱行的心和与掉举俱行的心,即这两种。然而,由于痴在一切不善心中都会生起,所以其余的不善心在此也适用。实际上,在这二分中就已经涵盖了十二种不善心。“离痴”指世间的善心和无记心。“昏昧”指被昏沉和睡眠所跟随的心,这种心也就是所谓的“蜷缩心”。“散乱”指与掉举俱行的心,也就是所谓的“涣散心”。显示巴利原文
381. Evaṃ navavidhena vedanānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā idāni soḷasavidhena cittānupassanaṃ kathetuṃ kathañca, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha sarāganti aṭṭhavidhalobhasahagataṃ. Vītarāganti lokiyakusalābyākataṃ. Idaṃ pana yasmā sammasanaṃ na dhammasamodhānaṃ tasmā idha ekapadepi lokuttaraṃ na labbhati. Sesāni cattāri akusalacittāni neva purimapadaṃ na pacchimapadaṃ bhajanti. Sadosanti duvidhadomanassasahagataṃ. Vītadosanti lokiyakusalābyākataṃ. Sesāni dasa akusalacittāni neva purimapadaṃ, na pacchimapadaṃ bhajanti. Samohanti vicikicchāsahagatañceva, uddhaccasahagatañcāti duvidhaṃ. Yasmā pana moho sabbākusalesu uppajjati, tasmā sesānipi idha vaṭṭantiyeva. Imasmiññeva hi duke dvādasākusalacittāni pariyādinnānīti. Vītamohanti lokiyakusalābyākataṃ. Saṅkhittanti thinamiddhānupatitaṃ. Etañhi saṅkuṭitacittaṃ nāma. Vikkhittanti uddhaccasahagataṃ, etañhi pasaṭacittaṃ nāma.
“广大”指属于色界或无色界的心。“不广大”指属于欲界的心。“有上”指属于欲界的心。“无上”指属于色界和无色界的心。其中,色界心仍属有上,唯有无色界心方为无上。“有定”指具有安止定或近行定的心。“无定”指不具备这两种定的心。“解脱”指通过彼分断与镇伏断而解脱的心。“不解脱”指没有这两种解脱的心。至于正断、止息、出离这三种解脱,在此则不论。显示巴利原文
Mahaggatanti rūpārūpāvacaraṃ. Amahaggatanti kāmāvacaraṃ. Sauttaranti kāmāvacaraṃ. Anuttaranti rūpāvacaraṃ arūpāvacarañca. Tatrāpi sauttaraṃ rūpāvacaraṃ, anuttaraṃ arūpāvacarameva. Samāhitanti yassa appanāsamādhi upacārasamādhi vā atthi. Asamāhitanti ubhayasamādhivirahitaṃ . Vimuttanti tadaṅgavikkhambhanavimuttīhi vimuttaṃ. Avimuttanti ubhayavimuttivirahitaṃ. Samucchedapaṭippassaddhinissaraṇavimuttīnaṃ pana idha okāsova natthi.
「如此内」等:如此,通过以上把握有贪等,在每个刹那,不论何种心生起,便去观察那个心——或观察自己的心,或观察他人的心;有时观察自己的心,有时观察他人的心;如此安住,随观于心。「随观集法与灭法」此节,应当依照「由无明集起而有识集起」等方式,以五种五相来阐明识的集起与灭去。此后的解释,与前文所述方法相同。此处唯一的差别是:将执取心的正念视为苦谛,如此结合句子之后,便能了知那位随观心的比丘的解脱门;其余一切,与前面完全一致。显示巴利原文
Itiajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ sarāgādipariggaṇhanena yasmiṃ yasmiṃ khaṇe yaṃ yaṃ cittaṃ pavattati, taṃ taṃ sallakkhento attano vā citte, parassa vā citte, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa citte cittānupassī viharati. Samudayavayadhammānupassīti ettha pana avijjāsamudayā viññāṇasamudayoti evaṃ pañcahi pañcahi ākārehi viññāṇassa samudayo ca vayo ca nīharitabbo. Ito paraṃ vuttanayameva. Kevalañhi idha cittapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccanti evaṃ padayojanaṃ katvā cittapariggāhakassa bhikkhuno niyyānamukhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
法随观中关于“盖”的注释。显示巴利原文
Dhammānupassanā nīvaraṇapabbavaṇṇanā
382 世尊以这十六种方式开示完心随观念处后,现在为了以五种方式开示法随观,便说:「再者,诸比丘……」等等。另外,世尊在身随观中教导了对纯粹色法的把握,在受随观与心随观中教导了对纯粹非色法的把握。现在,为了教导对色法与非色法混杂的把握,而说「再者,诸比丘……」。或者可以这样理解:在身随观中只教导了对色蕴的把握,在受随观中只教导了对受蕴的把握,在心随观中只教导了对识蕴的把握;现在,为了同样教导对想蕴与行蕴的把握,而说「再者,诸比丘……」。显示巴利原文
382. Evaṃ soḷasavidhena cittānupassanāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ kathetvā idāni pañcavidhena dhammānupassanaṃ kathetuṃ kathañca, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Apica bhagavatā kāyānupassanāya suddharūpapariggaho kathito, vedanācittānupassanāhi suddhaarūpapariggaho. Idāni rūpārūpamissakapariggahaṃ kathetuṃ ‘‘kathañca, bhikkhave’’tiādimāha. Kāyānupassanāya vā rūpakkhandhapariggahova kathito, vedanānupassanāya vedanākkhandhapariggahova, cittānupassanāya viññāṇakkhandhapariggahova idāni saññāsaṅkhārakkhandhapariggahampi kathetuṃ ‘‘kathañca, bhikkhave’’tiādimāha.
其中,「存在」是指由于反复现行而存在的情形。「不存在」是指由于不现行,或由于已经断除而不存在的情形。「以及如何」是指导致欲贪生起的因缘。「他也了知那种」是指他了知那种因缘。依照这个方法,所有语句的含义都应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Tattha santanti abhiṇhasamudācāravasena saṃvijjamānaṃ. Asantanti asamudācāravasena vā pahīnattā vā asaṃvijjamānaṃ. Yathā cāti yena kāraṇena kāmacchandassa uppādo hoti. Tañca pajānātīti tañca kāraṇaṃ pajānāti. Iti iminā nayena sabbapadesu attho veditabbo.
其中,因对净相的不如理作意,爱欲便生起。所谓“净相”,即可爱的事物是净相,可爱的所缘亦是净相。“不如理作意”即不如理的方法作意、邪途作意,如于无常作常想,于苦作乐想,于无我作我想,于不净作净想。若频频如此作意,爱欲便会生起。因此世尊说:“诸比丘,有净相,若对此频繁作意不如理作意,这便是未生起爱欲生起之食,或是已生起爱欲增长、广大之食。”(《相应部》5.232)显示巴利原文
Tattha subhanimitte ayonisomanasikārena kāmacchandassa uppādo hoti. Subhanimittaṃ nāma subhampi subhanimittaṃ, subhārammaṇampi subhanimittaṃ. Ayonisomanasikāro nāma anupāyamanasikāro uppathamanasikāro anicce niccanti vā, dukkhe sukhanti vā, anattani attāti vā, asubhe subhanti vā manasikāro. Taṃ tattha bahulaṃ pavattayato kāmacchando uppajjati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, subhanimittaṃ, tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa uppādāya uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232).
然而,若对不净相作如理作意,爱欲便得断除。所谓“不净相”,即不净本身,亦包括不净的所缘。“如理作意”即如理的方法作意、正途作意,如于无常作无常想,于苦作苦想,于无我作无我想,于不净作不净想。若人常如此作意,爱欲即被断除。因此世尊说:“诸比丘,有不净相,若对此频繁作意如理作意,这便是未生起爱欲不生起之食,或是已生起爱欲断除之食。”(《相应部》5.232)显示巴利原文
Asubhanimitte pana yonisomanasikārenassa pahānaṃ hoti. Asubhanimittaṃ nāma asubhampi asubhārammaṇampi. Yonisomanasikāro nāma upāyamanasikāro pathamanasikāro anicce aniccanti vā, dukkhe dukkhanti vā, anattani anattāti vā, asubhe asubhanti vā manasikāro. Taṃ tattha bahulaṃ pavattayato kāmacchando pahīyati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, asubhanimittaṃ, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā kāmacchandassa anuppādāya uppannassa vā kāmacchandassa pahānāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232).
此外,有六种法能令爱欲断除:学习不净相、专修不净、守护根门、饮食知量、亲近善知识、适宜的谈论。因为,学习十种不净相者可断爱欲,修习不净者亦可断,守护根门者亦可断,饮食知量者——当尚余四五口食时,饮水便能维持,如此之人爱欲亦得断除。是故说:显示巴利原文
Apica cha dhammā kāmacchandassa pahānāya saṃvattanti asubhanimittassa uggaho, asubhabhāvanānuyogo, indriyesu guttadvāratā, bhojane mattaññutā, kalyāṇamittatā, sappāyakathāti. Dasavidhañhi asubhanimittaṃ uggaṇhantassāpi kāmacchando pahīyati, bhāventassāpi indriyesu pihitadvārassāpi catunnaṃ pañcannaṃ ālopānaṃ okāse sati udakaṃ pivitvā yāpanasīlatāya bhojanamattaññunopi. Teneva vuttaṃ –
仅食四、五口食,便即饮水,
此已足够令精勤的比丘安住于安乐。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Cattāro pañca ālope, abhutvā udakaṃ pive; Alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahitattassa bhikkhuno’’ti. (theragā. 983);
亲近如阿沙古答长老那般乐于修习不净观的善知识,爱欲也会断除;在行、住、坐、卧中,通过谈论与十种不净相关的适当话题,爱欲也会断除。因此说:‘六法能导致爱欲的断除。’而以此六法断除爱欲之后,他即依阿拉汉道了知:‘未来不再生起。’显示巴利原文
Asubhakammikatissattherasadise asubhabhāvanārate kalyāṇamitte sevantassapi kāmacchando pahīyati, ṭhānanisajjādīsu dasaasubhanissitasappāyakathāya pahīyati, tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘cha dhammā kāmacchandassa pahānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Imehi pana chahi dhammehi pahīnakāmacchandassa arahattamaggena āyatiṃ anuppādo hotīti pajānāti.
然而,于嗔恚相若起不如理作意,嗔恚便会生起。其中,嗔恚本身即是嗔恚相,嗔恚的所缘亦是嗔恚相。不如理作意,在一切处其相皆同。若于此相数数修习不如理作意,嗔恚即生。是故世尊说:‘诸比丘,有嗔恚相,于其中数数不如理作意,此即是令未生之嗔恚生起、令已生之嗔恚增长广大之食。’显示巴利原文
Paṭighanimitte ayonisomanasikārena pana byāpādassa uppādo hoti. Tattha paṭighampi paṭighanimittaṃ , paṭighārammaṇampi paṭighanimittaṃ. Ayonisomanasikāro sabbattha ekalakkhaṇova. Taṃ tasmiṃ nimitte bahulaṃ pavattayato byāpādo uppajjati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, paṭighanimittaṃ , tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa uppādāya uppannassa vā byāpādassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232).
然则,对慈心解脱作如理作意,嗔恚即得断除。此处所言‘慈’者,安止或近行皆可。所言‘心解脱’者,唯指安止。如理作意之相,如前所述。若于此数数修习,嗔恚便断。是故世尊说:‘诸比丘,有慈心解脱,于其中数数如理作意,此即是令未生之嗔恚不生、令已生之嗔恚断除之食。’显示巴利原文
Mettāya pana cetovimuttiyā yonisomanasikārenassa pahānaṃ hoti. Tattha mettāti vutte appanāpi upacāropi vaṭṭati. Cetovimuttīti appanāva. Yonisomanasikāro vuttalakkhaṇova. Taṃ tattha bahulaṃ pavattayato byāpādo pahīyati. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, mettā cetovimutti, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā byāpādassa anuppādāya uppannassa vā byāpādassa pahānāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232).
复次,有六法能资益嗔恚之断除,即:取慈相、勤修慈心、观察业之自属、多行如理思择、亲近善知识、作适当之言论。盖依限定、不限定或遍满诸方之方式取慈相者,嗔恚亦得断除;依限定或不限定遍满之方式修习慈心者,嗔恚亦得断除。复次,观察自他‘业之自属’而作如是思择:‘汝对此人瞋怒,能有何为?汝能坏其戒等功德耶?汝岂非随自业而来,亦随自业而去耶?对他人起瞋,犹如手持炽燃火炭、灼热铁矛或粪秽等欲投击他人。彼对汝瞋,又能对汝何为?彼能坏汝之戒等功德耶?彼亦随自业而来,随自业而去,此瞋恰如未受之赠礼或逆风扬撒之尘土,终将落于彼自身。’如此观察自他业之自属已,安住于如理思择之人,嗔恚亦得断除。若亲近如阿沙古答长老那般乐行慈心之善知识,嗔恚亦得断除。于行住坐卧之间,藉由与慈心相应之适当言论,嗔恚亦得断除。故说:‘有六法能资益嗔恚之断除。’由此六法断除嗔恚已,彼了知:‘未来以不来道永不复起。’显示巴利原文
Apica cha dhammā byāpādassa pahānāya saṃvattanti mettānimittassa uggaho mettābhāvanānuyogo kammassakatāpaccavekkhaṇā paṭisaṅkhānabahulatā kalyāṇamittatā sappāyakathāti. Odissakaanodissakadisāpharaṇānañhi aññataravasena mettaṃ uggaṇhantassāpi byāpādo pahīyati, odhisoanodhisopharaṇavasena mettaṃ bhāventassāpi. ‘‘Tvaṃ etassa kuddho kiṃ karissasi, kimassa sīlādīni vināsetuṃ sakkhissasi, nanu tvaṃ attano kammena āgantvā attano kammeneva gamissasi, parassa kujjhanaṃ nāma vītaccitaṅgāra tattaaya salākagūthādīni gahetvā paraṃ paharitukāmatāsadisaṃ hoti. Esopi tava kuddho kiṃ karissati, kiṃ te sīlādīni vināsetuṃ sakkhissati, esa attano kammena āgantvā attano kammeneva gamissati, appaṭicchitapaheṇakaṃ viya paṭivātaṃ khittarajomuṭṭhi viya ca etassevesa kodho matthake patissatī’’ti evaṃ attano ca parassa ca kammassakataṃ paccavekkhatopi, ubhayakammassakataṃ paccavekkhitvā paṭisaṅkhāne ṭhitassāpi, assaguttattherasadise mettābhāvanārate kalyāṇamitte sevantassāpi byāpādo pahīyati. Ṭhānanisajjādīsu mettānissitasappāyakathāyapi pahīyati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘cha dhammā byāpādassa pahānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Imehi pana chahi dhammehi pahīnassa byāpādassa anāgāmimaggena āyatiṃ anuppādo hotīti pajānāti.
于不乐等,若不如理作意,昏沉睡眠便生起。所言‘疲倦’,即身体的懈怠;‘伸展身体’,即身体的弯曲与伸展;‘食后昏沉’,即食后的昏昧、食后的热恼;‘心的萎靡’,即心的萎靡状态。若于这些不乐等,频频修习不如理作意,昏沉睡眠即生起。因此说:‘诸比丘,有不乐、疲倦、伸展身体、食后昏沉、心之萎靡,若于此屡屡不如理作意,这是未生起的昏沉睡眠生起之食,已生起的昏沉睡眠增长、广大之食。’显示巴利原文
Aratiādīsu ayonisomanasikārena thinamiddhassa uppādo hoti. Tandī nāma kāyālasiyatā. Vijambhitā nāma kāyavinamanā. Bhattasammado nāma bhattamucchā bhattapariḷāho. Cetaso līnattaṃ nāma cittassa līnākāro. Imesu aratiādīsu ayonisomanasikāraṃ bahulaṃ pavattayato thinamiddhaṃ uppajjati. Tenāha – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, arati tandī vijambhitā bhattasammado cetaso līnattaṃ, tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā thinamiddhassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232).
然而,于发动界等,如理作意则能断除昏沉睡眠。所言‘发动界’,即最初的发动精进;‘出离界’,因从懈怠中出离,故比前者更强;‘胜进界’,因步步推进,故更强于彼。若于此三种精进,频频修习如理作意,昏沉睡眠便得断除。因此说:‘诸比丘,有发动界、出离界、胜进界,若于此如理作意多修习,这是未生起的昏沉睡眠不生起之食,已生起的昏沉睡眠断除之食。’显示巴利原文
Ārambhadhātuādīsu pana yonisomanasikārenassa pahānaṃ hoti. Ārambhadhātu nāma paṭhamārambhavīriyaṃ. Nikkamadhātu nāma kosajjato nikkhantatāya tato balavataraṃ. Parakkamadhātu nāma paraṃ paraṃ ṭhānaṃ akkamanato tatopi balavataraṃ. Imasmiṃ tippabhede vīriye yonisomanasikāraṃ bahulaṃ pavattayato thinamiddhaṃ pahīyati. Tenāha – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ārambhadhātu nikkamadhātu parakkamadhātu, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā thinamiddhassa anuppādāya, uppannassa vā thinamiddhassa pahānāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232).
再者,有六种法能导致昏沉睡眠的断除:于过量进食上取相(警觉过患)、转换威仪、作意光明想、住于露天、亲近善知识、进行适当的谈话。若比丘如‘手取食者’、‘随地食者’、‘足量食者’、‘如乌鸦食者’、‘食已吐弃者’那样进食后,坐在夜坐处与日坐处修习沙门法,昏沉睡眠便会如大雄象般压来;然而,若留下四五口食物的空间,饮水安住以维持生命,则不会如此。如是,于过量进食上取相者,亦能断除昏沉睡眠。当在某种威仪中昏沉睡眠生起时,便转换至其他威仪;夜晚作意月光、灯光、火炬的光明相,白昼作意日光者;住于露天者;亲近如大迦叶尊者那般已断除昏沉睡眠的善知识者;在站立、安坐等中,进行与头陀支相关的适当谈话时,昏沉睡眠皆得断除。因此经中说:‘有六种法能导致昏沉睡眠的断除。’他以这六种法断除昏沉睡眠后,了知:‘由阿拉汉道故,未来不再生起。’显示巴利原文
Apica cha dhammā thinamiddhassa pahānāya saṃvattanti – atibhojane nimittaggāho, iriyāpathasamparivattanatā, ālokasaññāmanasikāro, abbhokāsavāso, kalyāṇamittatā, sappāyakathāti. Āharahatthaka tatravaṭṭaka alaṃsāṭaka kākamāsaka bhuttavamitakabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhāne nisinnassa hi samaṇadhammaṃ karoto thinamiddhaṃ mahāhatthī viya ottharantaṃ āgacchati, catupañcaālopaokāsaṃ pana ṭhapetvā pānīyaṃ pivitvā yāpanasīlassa bhikkhuno taṃ na hotīti evaṃ atibhojane nimittaṃ gaṇhantassāpi thinamiddhaṃ pahīyati. Yasmiṃ iriyāpathe thinamiddhaṃ okkamati, tato aññaṃ parivattentassāpi, rattiṃ candālokadīpālokaukkāloke divā sūriyālokaṃ manasikarontassāpi, abbhokāse vasantassāpi, mahākassapattherasadise pahīnathinamiddhe kalyāṇamitte sevantassāpi thinamiddhaṃ pahīyati. Ṭhānanisajjādīsu dhutaṅganissitasappāyakathāyapi pahīyati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘cha dhammā thinamiddhassa pahānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Imehi pana chahi dhammehi pahīnassa thinamiddhassa arahattamaggena āyatiṃ anuppādo hotīti pajānāti.
当心不寂静时,因不如理作意而生起掉举悔恨。所谓“不寂静”,即是那不寂静的状态,实质上就是指掉举悔恨。于此中屡屡修习不如理作意,掉举悔恨便会生起。因此有言:“诸比丘,有心不寂静,于此中不断修习不如理作意,此即是令未生之掉举悔恨生起,令已生之掉举悔恨增长广大的食。”显示巴利原文
Cetaso avūpasame ayonisomanasikārena uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādo hoti. Avūpasamo nāma avūpasantākāro, uddhaccakukkuccamevetaṃ atthato. Tattha ayonisomanasikāraṃ bahulaṃ pavattayato uddhaccakukkuccaṃ uppajjati. Tenāha – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, cetaso avūpasamo, tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāyā’’ti.
然而,在名为“定”的心寂静中,以如理作意便能断除它。因此有言:“诸比丘,有心寂静,于此中不断修习如理作意,此即是令未生之掉举悔恨不生的食,又是令已生之掉举悔恨断除的食。”显示巴利原文
Samādhisaṅkhāte pana cetaso vūpasame yonisomanasikārenassa pahānaṃ hoti. Tenāha – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, cetaso vūpasamo, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa anuppādāya, uppannassa vā uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānāyā’’ti.
再者,有六法能令掉举悔恨断除:多闻、好问、精通律、亲近长老、亲近善知识、作适当谈话。多闻者,即使依文义学习了一部、二部、三部、四部乃至五部尼柯耶,其掉举悔恨亦得断除。常问“何者适当、何者不适当”者,其掉举悔恨亦得断除。于律之施设中纯熟自在而精通律者,亲近长老者,亲近如优波离尊者那样的持律善知识者——其掉举悔恨亦得断除。而在行住坐卧等中,进行有关适当与不适当的适宜谈话,同样能断除。因此经中说:“有六法能令掉举悔恨断除。”他以此六法断除掉举悔恨后,便了知:掉举由阿拉汉道断尽,悔恨由不来者道断尽,未来永不复起。显示巴利原文
Apica cha dhammā uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānāya saṃvattanti bahussutatā paripucchakatā vinaye pakataññutā vuddhasevitā kalyāṇamittatā sappāyakathāti. Bāhussaccenapi hi ekaṃ vā dve vā tayo vā cattāro vā pañca vā nikāye pāḷivasena atthavasena ca uggaṇhantassāpi uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahīyati. Kappiyākappiyaparipucchābahulassāpi, vinayapaññattiyaṃ ciṇṇavasibhāvatāya pakataññunopi, vuḍḍhe mahallakatthere upasaṅkamantassāpi, upālittherasadise vinayadhare kalyāṇamitte sevantassāpi uddhaccakukkuccaṃ pahīyati, ṭhānanisajjādīsu kappiyākappiyanissitasappāyakathāyapi pahīyati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘cha dhammā uddhaccakukkuccassa pahānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Imehi pana chahi dhammehi pahīne uddhaccakukkucce uddhaccassa arahattamaggena , kukkuccassa anāgāmimaggena āyatiṃ anuppādo hotīti pajānāti.
对于令人疑惑的法,由于不如理作意而生起疑。所谓“令人疑惑的法”,正是那些反复引生疑的法,其本身即是疑。若于这些法中数数修习不如理作意,疑便生起。因此说:“比丘们,有令人疑惑的法,于这些法中数数修习不如理作意,这便是令未生起的疑生起之食,也是令已生起的疑增长广大之食。”显示巴利原文
Vicikicchāṭhānīyesu dhammesu ayonisomanasikārena vicikicchāya uppādo hoti. Vicikicchāṭhānīyā dhammā nāma punappunaṃ vicikicchāya kāraṇattā vicikicchāva. Tattha ayonisomanasikāraṃ bahulaṃ pavattayato vicikicchā uppajjati. Tenāha – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, vicikicchāṭhānīyā dhammā, tattha ayonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannāya vā vicikicchāya uppādāya, uppannāya vā vicikicchāya bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāyā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232).
而对于善与不善等法,以如理作意即可断除疑。因此说:“比丘们,有善与不善法、有罪与无罪法、应修与不应修法、低劣与殊胜法、黑白相对法。于这些法中数数修习如理作意,这便是令未生起的疑不生起之食,也是令已生起的疑断除之食。”显示巴利原文
Kusalādidhammesu yonisomanasikārena panassā pahānaṃ hoti, tenāha – ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, kusalākusalā dhammā sāvajjānavajjā dhammā sevitabbāsevitabbā dhammā hīnapaṇītā dhammā kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgā dhammā. Tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro, anuppannāya vā vicikicchāya anuppādāya; uppannāya vā vicikicchāya pahānāyā’’ti.
再者,有六法能导致疑的断除:多闻、勤问、精通律、多胜解、善知识、适宜的谈话。因为,多闻之人,依文义而受持一部乃至五部经藏,其疑亦得断除。常就三宝而提问者;于律成就纯熟自在者;于三宝怀有净信——即多胜解者;亲近如婆迦梨尊者那样以信胜解为特胜的善知识者——这些人的疑也得断除。于行立坐卧等一切威仪中,宣说三宝功德的适宜谈话,亦能断除疑。因此说:“有六法能导致疑的断除。”他以这六法断除疑后,便了知:“由入流道断除,于未来永不复生。”显示巴利原文
Apica cha dhammā vicikicchāya pahānāya saṃvattanti bahussutatā, paripucchakatā, vinaye pakataññutā, adhimokkhabahulatā, kalyāṇamittatā, sappāyakathāti. Bāhussaccenapi hi ekaṃ vā…pe… pañca vā nikāye pāḷivasena ca atthavasena ca uggaṇhantassāpi vicikicchā pahīyati, tīṇi ratanāni ārabbha paripucchābahulassāpi, vinaye ciṇṇavasībhāvassāpi, tīsu ratanesu okappaniyasaddhāsaṅkhātaadhimokkhabahulassāpi, saddhādhimutte vakkalittherasadise kalyāṇamitte sevantassāpi vicikicchā pahīyati, ṭhānanisajjādīsu tiṇṇaṃ ratanānaṃ guṇanissitasappāyakathāyapi pahīyati. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘cha dhammā vicikicchāya pahānāya saṃvattantī’’ti. Imehi pana chahi dhammehi pahīnāya vicikicchāya sotāpattimaggena āyatiṃ anuppādo hotīti pajānāti.
如此,“或于内”等句,表示比丘以如是方式把握五盖之后,或于自己的法、或于他人的法,或一时于自己的法、一时于他人的法,随观法而安住。此处的集起与灭去,则是依于净相、不净相等的不如理作意与如理作意;这在五盖的部分已经说明,应当如此导出。随后与前面所述的方式相同。唯一不同的是,在这里,将把握盖的念视为苦谛,作了这样的关联之后,便应了知这位已把握盖的比丘的出离之道。其余内容完全相同。显示巴利原文
Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ pañcanīvaraṇapariggaṇhanena attano vā dhammesu, parassa vā dhammesu, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudayavayā panettha subhanimittaasubhanimittādīsu ayonisomanasikārayonisomanasikāravasena pañcasu nīvaraṇesu vuttāyeva nīharitabbā. Ito paraṃ vuttanayameva. Kevalañhi idha nīvaraṇapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccanti evaṃ yojanaṃ katvā nīvaraṇapariggāhakassa bhikkhuno niyyānamukhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
蕴品注释。显示巴利原文
Khandhapabbavaṇṇanā
383 如此,从五盖的角度分析了法随观之后,现在为从五蕴的角度进行分析,世尊接着说:“复次,诸比丘……”等。其中,“于五取蕴”的意思是:取(upādāna)的蕴,即是取蕴;也就是作为取的缘而存在的法聚、法蕴。这是此处的简要说明。至于详细的蕴的解释,在《清净道论》中已经说过。显示巴利原文
383. Evaṃ pañcanīvaraṇavasena dhammānupassanaṃ vibhajitvā idāni pañcakkhandhavasena vibhajituṃ puna caparantiādimāha. Tattha pañcasu upādānakkhandhesūti upādānassa khandhā upādānakkhandhā, upādānassa paccayabhūtā dhammapuñjā dhammarāsayoti attho. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārato pana khandhakathā visuddhimagge vuttā.
“此是色”的意思是:这就是色,唯此是色,于此之外更无有色的自性——比丘即如此了知色。对于受等其余诸蕴,方法亦然。这是此处的简要解释;至于详细的色等解释,在《清净道论》的<蕴释>中已经说过。“此是色之集”的意思是:如此,以无明集等五种方式,了知色的集起。“此是色之灭”的意思是:如此,以无明灭等五种方式,了知色的灭。对于受等其余诸蕴,也是如此。这是简要说明,详细内容在《清净道论》的<生灭智论>中已经说过。显示巴利原文
Iti rūpanti idaṃ rūpaṃ, ettakaṃ rūpaṃ, na ito paraṃ rūpaṃ atthīti sabhāvato rūpaṃ pajānāti. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārena pana rūpādīni visuddhimagge khandhakathāyameva vuttāni. Iti rūpassa samudayoti evaṃ avijjāsamudayādivasena pañcahākārehi rūpassa samudayo. Iti rūpassa atthaṅgamoti evaṃ avijjānirodhādivasena pañcahākārehi rūpassa atthaṅgamo. Vedanādīsupi eseva nayo. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthāro pana visuddhimagge udayabbayañāṇakathāya vutto.
「如此,或于内」是指:通过这样把握五蕴,比丘或于自身的法、或于他人的法,或有时于自身、有时于他人的法,作为法随观者而安住。至于此处集灭的随观,应当依据五蕴部分中所说“无明集则色集”等五十种相,来引发集与灭的观照。此后所说的方法皆与前面相同。唯在此处应知:将把握蕴的念与“这是苦谛”结合后,对于正在把握蕴的比丘而言,这便是出离之门。其余内容,比类可知。显示巴利原文
Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ pañcakkhandhapariggaṇhanena attano vā dhammesu, parassa vā dhammesu, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudayavayā panettha ‘‘avijjāsamudayā rūpasamudayo’’tiādīnaṃ pañcasu khandhesu vuttānaṃ paññāsāya lakkhaṇānaṃ vasena nīharitabbā. Ito paraṃ vuttanayameva. Kevalañhi idha khandhapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccanti evaṃ yojanaṃ katvā khandhapariggāhakassa bhikkhuno niyyānamukhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
处部分的解释。显示巴利原文
Āyatanapabbavaṇṇanā
384 如此,从五蕴的角度分解了法随观之后,现在为从处的角度进行分解,世尊接着说“再者,诸比丘……”等等。其中,“于内外六处”即:眼、耳、鼻、舌、身、意这内六处,以及色、声、香、味、触、法这外六处。所谓“他了知眼”,是他以如实自相了知眼净色。“他了知色”,是他以如实自相了知四种因所生的外色。“以及他了知依此二者而生起的结”,是指他了知依于眼与色这两者,缘此而生起的十种结,也就是欲贪结、嗔、慢、见、疑、戒禁取、有贪、嫉妒、悭吝、无明结,并且他也以如实自相了知这些结。显示巴利原文
384. Evaṃ pañcakkhandhavasena dhammānupassanaṃ vibhajitvā idāni āyatanavasena vibhajituṃ puna caparantiādimāha. Tattha chasu ajjhattikabāhiresu āyatanesūti cakkhu sotaṃ ghānaṃ jivhā kāyo manoti imesu chasu ajjhattikesu, rūpaṃ saddo gandho raso phoṭṭhabbo dhammoti imesu chasu bāhiresu. Cakkhuñca pajānātīti cakkhupasādaṃ yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇavasena pajānāti. Rūpe ca pajānātīti bahiddhā catusamuṭṭhānikarūpañca yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇavasena pajānāti. Yañca tadubhayaṃ paṭicca uppajjati saṃyojananti yañca taṃ cakkhuṃ ceva rūpe cāti ubhayaṃ paṭicca. Kāmarāgasaṃyojanaṃ paṭigha, māna, diṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāsa, bhavarāga, issā, macchariya, avijjāsaṃyojananti dasavidhaṃ saṃyojanaṃ uppajjati, tañca yāthāvasarasalakkhaṇavasena pajānāti.
那么,这些结是如何生起的呢?首先,在眼门,当可爱的所缘现前时,若有人以享受欲乐的心态去品味、欢喜它,便生起欲贪结。对于不可爱的所缘,若生起愤怒,便生起嗔结。若有人心想:“除了我,还有谁能如此清楚地了知这个所缘呢?”由于这样的慢心,便生起慢结。若执取这个色所缘是常、是恒常的,便生起见结。若怀疑:“这个色所缘是有情,还是属于有情?”便生起疑结。若希求“在未来圆满的生命状态中,我们也能轻易获得这样的所缘”,从而渴望来世之生,便生起有贪结。若心想:“将来若能受持这样的戒禁,便能得到它”,于是去受持戒禁,便生起戒禁取结。若嫉妒地心想:“啊,但愿别人得不到那个色所缘!”便生起嫉妒结。若对自己所得的色所缘悭吝不舍,不愿与人分享,便生起悭吝结。而所有这些结,都伴随着无知,由此生起无明结。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ panetaṃ uppajjatīti? Cakkhudvāre tāva āpāthagataṃ iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ kāmassādavasena assādayato abhinandato kāmarāgasaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati. Aniṭṭhārammaṇe kujjhato paṭighasaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati. ‘‘Ṭhapetvā maṃ ko añño etaṃ ārammaṇaṃ vibhāvetuṃ samattho atthī’’ti maññato mānasaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati. Etaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ niccaṃ dhuvanti gaṇhato diṭṭhisaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati. ‘‘Etaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ satto nu kho, sattassa nu kho’’ti vicikicchato vicikicchāsaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati. ‘‘Sampattibhave vata no idaṃ sulabhaṃ jāta’’nti bhavaṃ patthentassa bhavarāgasaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati. ‘‘Āyatimpi evarūpaṃ sīlabbataṃ samādiyitvā sakkā laddhu’’nti sīlabbataṃ samādiyantassa sīlabbataparāmāsasaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati. ‘‘Aho vata taṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ aññe na labheyyu’’nti usūyato issāsaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati. Attanā laddhaṃ rūpārammaṇaṃ aññassa maccharāyato macchariyasaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati. Sabbeheva sahajātaaññāṇavasena avijjāsaṃyojanaṃ uppajjati.
“如何是未生起的”:他如实了知,由何种因缘,令那尚未以现行方式生起的十种结得以生起。“如何是已生起的”:他如实了知,由何种因缘,令那已生起——或以未断除之义存在,或以现行方式活动——的十种结得以断除。“如何是已断除的”:他如实了知,由何种因缘,令那已通过彼分断与镇伏断而断除的十种结,于未来不再生起。那么,由何种因缘令其未来不再生起呢?首先,见、疑、戒禁取、嫉妒、悭吝此五种结,依入流道而于未来不再生起。粗重的欲贪与嗔二种结,依一来道而不再生起;微细随逐的欲贪与嗔,依不来道而不再生起;慢、有贪、无明此三种结,依阿拉汉道而于未来不再生起。“他了知耳与声”等语,亦同此理类推。此外,此处关于“处”的详细解说,应依《清净道论》中“处分别”所示的方法来理解。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca anuppannassāti yena kāraṇena asamudācāravasena anuppannassa tassa dasavidhassāpi saṃyojanassa uppādo hoti, tañca kāraṇaṃ pajānāti. Yathā ca uppannassāti appahīnaṭṭhena pana samudācāravasena vā uppannassa tassa dasavidhassāpi saṃyojanassa yena kāraṇena pahānaṃ hoti, tañca kāraṇaṃ pajānāti. Yathā ca pahīnassāti tadaṅgavikkhambhanappahānavasena pahīnassāpi tassa dasavidhassa saṃyojanassa yena kāraṇena āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti, tañca pajānāti. Kena kāraṇena panassa āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti? Diṭṭhivicikicchāsīlabbataparāmāsaissāmacchariyabhedassa tāva pañcavidhassa saṃyojanassa sotāpattimaggena āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti. Kāmarāgapaṭighasaṃyojanadvayassa oḷārikassa sakadāgāmimaggena, aṇusahagatassa anāgāmimaggena, mānabhavarāgāvijjāsaṃyojanattayassa arahattamaggena āyatiṃ anuppādo hoti. Sotañca pajānāti sadde cātiādīsupi eseva nayo. Apicettha āyatanakathā vitthārato visuddhimagge āyatananiddese vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
“如此,或于内”:他通过如此把握内处,于自法(或于己之诸法)中,或通过把握外处,于他法(或于他人之诸法)中,又或有时于自法、有时于他法中,随观法而安住。在此,“集”与“灭”应依“以无明集而有眼集”等语句,将色处之集灭归于色蕴,将无色处中意处之集灭归于识蕴,将法处之集灭归于其余诸蕴,依前文所说方式推知。不应执取出世间法。自此以下,所说方式悉皆相同。唯此处应当了知:将执取处所生之念与“此是苦谛”相结合后,对于执取处的比丘而言,此即是出离之门径。其余诸义皆与此同。显示巴利原文
Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ ajjhattikāyatanapariggaṇhanena attano vā dhammesu bāhirāyatanapariggaṇhanena parassa vā dhammesu, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudayavayā panettha ‘‘avijjāsamudayā cakkhusamudayo’’ti rūpāyatanassa rūpakkhandhe, arūpāyatanesu manāyatanassa viññāṇakkhandhe, dhammāyatanassa sesakkhandhesu vuttanayena nīharitabbā. Lokuttaradhammā na gahetabbā. Ito paraṃ vuttanayameva. Kevalañhi idha āyatanapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccanti evaṃ yojanaṃ katvā āyatanapariggāhakassa bhikkhuno niyyānamukhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
觉支品注释显示巴利原文
Bojjhaṅgapabbavaṇṇanā
385 如是,以六内处与六外处为门,分别法随观后,今为以觉支为门而分别,故更说“再者,诸比丘……”。此处,“于诸觉支”即于能觉了的有情之诸支分中。“存在”指通过获得而现存。“念觉支”即称为念的觉支。于此,自开始精进修观之时起,瑜伽行者即觉了,是名正觉。又或由念等七法之和合,从烦恼睡眠中觉醒、立起,或通达诸谛——此法之和合即是正觉。属于彼正觉的支分,或即彼正觉之支分,故称觉支。是故说“称为念的觉支”。其余诸觉支,亦当以此方式了知其词义。显示巴利原文
385. Evaṃ cha ajjhattikabāhirāyatanavasena dhammānupassanaṃ vibhajitvā idāni bojjhaṅgavasena vibhajituṃ puna caparantiādimāha. Tattha bojjhaṅgesūti bujjhanakasattassa aṅgesu. Santanti paṭilābhavasena saṃvijjamānaṃ. Satisambojjhaṅganti satisaṅkhātaṃ sambojjhaṅgaṃ. Ettha hi sambujjhati āraddhavipassakato paṭṭhāya yogāvacaroti sambodhi. Yāya vā so satiādikāya sattadhammasāmaggiyā sambujjhati kilesaniddāto uṭṭhāti, saccāni vā paṭivijjhati, sā dhammasāmaggī sambodhi. Tassa sambodhissa, tassā vā sambodhiyā aṅganti sambojjhaṅgaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘satisaṅkhātaṃ sambojjhaṅga’’nti. Sesasambojjhaṅgesupi imināva nayena vacanattho veditabbo.
“不存在”是指因无所得而不存在。又如关于“未生起的……”等经文,对于念觉支,这样说:“诸比丘,有念觉支处之法,于彼如理作意多修习,此为食,能令未生起的念觉支生起,或令已生起的念觉支增长、广大、修习圆满。”这其中,“念觉支处之法”即是念本身;“如理作意”即如前所说的特相。在那些法上屡屡转起如理作意的人,念觉支便生起。显示巴利原文
Asantanti appaṭilābhavasena avijjamānaṃ. Yathā ca anupannassātiādīsu pana satisambojjhaṅgassa tāva ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, satisambojjhaṅgaṭṭhānīyā dhammā, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā satisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā satisambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī’’ti (saṃ. ni. 5.232) evaṃ uppādo hoti. Tattha satiyeva satisambojjhaṅgaṭṭhānīyā dhammā. Yonisomanasikāro vuttalakkhaṇoyeva. Taṃ tattha bahulaṃ pavattayato satisambojjhaṅgo uppajjati.
再者,能令念觉支生起的有四种法:正念正知、回避失念补特伽罗、亲近具念补特伽罗、心倾向于念。即:在前进、后退等七种状况中,行正念正知;回避那些如食已弃食的乌鸦般的失念补特伽罗;亲近如帝沙达多长老、无畏长老那样的具念补特伽罗;于站立、坐等一切威仪中,为使念生起,将心倾斜、趋向、专注於念。由此四种因缘,念觉支生起。他如是了知:以此四种因缘生起后,此念觉支通过阿拉汉道达到修习圆满。显示巴利原文
Apica cattāro dhammā satisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti satisampajaññaṃ muṭṭhassatipuggalaparivajjanatā upaṭṭhitassatipuggalasevanatā tadadhimuttatāti. Abhikkantādīsu hi sattasu ṭhānesu satisampajaññena, bhattanikkhittakākasadise muṭṭhassatipuggale parivajjanena, tissadattattheraabhayattherasadise upaṭṭhitassatipuggale sevanena, ṭhānanisajjādīsu satisamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ ninnapoṇapabbhāracittatāya ca satisambojjhaṅgo uppajjati. Evaṃ catūhi kāraṇehi uppannassa panassa arahattamaggena bhāvanāpāripūri hotīti pajānāti.
对于择法觉支,其生起因缘如是说:“诸比丘,有善与不善法……乃至……有黑白相对之法,于彼如理作意多修习,此为食,能令未生起的择法觉支生起,或令已生起的择法觉支增长、广大、修习圆满。”显示巴利原文
Dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa pana ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, kusalākusalā dhammā…pe… kaṇhasukkasappaṭibhāgā dhammā, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ uppādo hoti.
再者,有七种法能令择法觉支生起:乐于多问、令事清净、令诸根均等成就、远离劣慧之人、亲近有慧之人、省察甚深智慧行境、心倾于择法。其中,“乐于多问”是指对于蕴、界、处、根、力、觉支、道支、禅那支、止、观的义理,以依附于义理的方式进行多问。“令事清净”是指使内、外之事清净。当他的头发、身毛等过长了,或者身体充斥了过剩的病素,为汗垢所染污时,此时内事便不清净、不清澈。当衣服破损、垢秽、发出臭味,或者坐卧具不洁时,此时外事便不清净、不清澈。因此,应以剪发等、以上下泻药等使身体轻快,以涂香沐浴等使内事清净。应以针线缝补、洗涤、染色、涂抹等使外事清净。确实,当这些内外之事不清净时,所生的心与心所中的智也不清净、不清澈,如同依靠不清净的灯盏、灯芯、油所生的灯光一般黯然。而当内外之事清净时,所生的心与心所中的智也清净、明亮,如同依靠清净的灯盏、灯芯、油所生的灯光一般辉耀。因此说:“令事清净,能令择法觉支生起”。显示巴利原文
Apica satta dhammā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti paripucchakatā vatthuvisadakiriyā indriyasamattapaṭipādanā duppaññapuggalaparivajjanā paññavantapuggalasevanā gambhīrañāṇacariyapaccavekkhaṇā tadadhimuttatāti. Tattha paripucchakatāti khandhadhātuāyatanaindriyabalabojjhaṅgamaggaṅgajhānaṅgasamathavipassanānaṃ atthasannissitaparipucchābahulatā. Vatthuvisadakiriyāti ajjhattikabāhirānaṃ vatthūnaṃ visadabhāvakaraṇaṃ. Yadā hissa kesanakhalomāni dīghāni honti, sarīraṃ vā ussannadosañceva sedamalamakkhitañca, tadā ajjhattikaṃ vatthu avisadaṃ hoti aparisuddhaṃ. Yadā pana cīvaraṃ jiṇṇaṃ kiliṭṭhaṃ duggandhaṃ hoti, senāsanaṃ vā uklāpaṃ, tadā bāhiravatthu avisadaṃ hoti aparisuddhaṃ. Tasmā kesādichedāpanena uddhaṃvirecanaadhovirecanādīhi sarīrasallahukabhāvakaraṇena ucchādananahāpanena ca ajjhattikavatthu visadaṃ kātabbaṃ. Sūcikammadhovanarajanaparibhaṇḍakaraṇādīhi bāhiravatthu visadaṃ kātabbaṃ. Etasmiñhi ajjhattikabāhire vatthumhi avisade uppannesu cittacetasikesu ñāṇampi avisadaṃ hoti aparisuddhaṃ aparisuddhāni dīpakapallavaṭṭitelāni nissāya uppannadīpasikhāya obhāso viya. Visade pana ajjhattikabāhire vatthumhi uppannesu cittacetasikesu ñāṇampi visadaṃ hoti parisuddhāni dīpakapallavaṭṭitelāni nissāya uppannadīpasikhāya obhāso viya. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘vatthuvisadakiriyā dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattatī’’ti.
“令诸根均等成就”是指使信等诸根达到平衡。因为如果他的信根强,而其他根弱,那么精进根便无法发挥策励的作用,念根无法发挥现前的作用,定根无法发挥不散乱的作用,慧根无法发挥照见的作用。因此,应当通过省察法的自性来减弱它,或对于那因如理作意而变强的一根,以不如理作意来减弱它。婆迦梨长老的故事在这里可作为例证。如果精进根过强,那么信根便无法发挥胜解的作用,其他诸根也无法发挥各自的作用。因此,应当通过修习轻安等来减弱它。关于这一点,可举首那长老的故事为例。同样地,对于其余诸根,当某一根过强时,应知其余诸根便无力胜任各自的作用。显示巴利原文
Indriyasamattapaṭipādanā nāma saddhādīnaṃ indriyānaṃ samabhāvakaraṇaṃ. Sace hissa saddhindriyaṃ balavaṃ hoti, itarāni mandāni, tato vīriyindriyaṃ paggahakiccaṃ, satindriyaṃ upaṭṭhānakiccaṃ, samādhindriyaṃ avikkhepakiccaṃ, paññindriyaṃ dassanakiccaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti. Tasmā taṃ dhammasabhāvapaccavekkhaṇena vā, yathā vā manasikaroto balavaṃ jātaṃ, tathā amanasikārena hāpetabbaṃ. Vakkalittheravatthu cettha nidassanaṃ. Sace pana vīriyindriyaṃ balavaṃ hoti, atha saddhindriyaṃ adhimokkhakiccaṃ kātuṃ na sakkoti, na itarāni itarakiccabhedaṃ. Tasmā taṃ passaddhādibhāvanāya hāpetabbaṃ. Tatrāpi soṇattherassa vatthu dassetabbaṃ. Evaṃ sesesupi ekassa balavabhāve sati itaresaṃ attano kiccesu asamatthatā veditabbā.
在此,特别赞叹信与慧的平衡,以及定与精进的平衡。因为信强而慧弱的人会有盲目的净信,对不应信的对象生起净信。慧强而信弱的人则易陷入狡诈的一面,如同由药物引发的疾病一般,难以治愈。他若过度认为“仅凭心生善念即是善”,从而不修布施等善行,便会堕入地狱。只有当二者平衡时,人才只会对应信的对象生起净信。再者,定强而精进弱时,由于定属于懈怠的阵营,懈怠便会压倒他。精进强而定弱时,由于精进属于掉举的阵营,掉举便会压倒他。然而,当定与精进结合时,定便不会陷入懈怠;当精进与定结合时,精进便不会陷入掉举。因此,应使这两者保持平衡,因为由二者的平衡,才能达到安止。显示巴利原文
Visesato panettha saddhāpaññānaṃ samādhivīriyānañca samataṃ pasaṃsanti. Balavasaddho hi mandapañño mudhappasanno hoti, avatthusmiṃ pasīdati. Balavapañño mandasaddho kerāṭikapakkhaṃ bhajati, bhesajjasamuṭṭhito viya rogo atekiccho hoti. Cittuppādamatteneva kusalaṃ hotīti atidhāvitvā dānādīni akaronto niraye uppajjati. Ubhinnaṃ samatāya vatthusmiṃyeva pasīdati. Balavasamādhiṃ pana mandavīriyaṃ samādhissa kosajjapakkhattā kosajjaṃ abhibhavati. Balavavīriyaṃ mandasamādhiṃ vīriyassa uddhaccapakkhattā uddhaccaṃ abhibhavati. Samādhi pana vīriyena saṃyojito kosajje patituṃ na labhati, vīriyaṃ samādhinā saṃyojitaṃ uddhacce patituṃ na labhati. Tasmā tadubhayaṃ samaṃ kātabbaṃ. Ubhayasamatāya hi appanā hoti.
再者,对于修止业处者,即便信力强也是合适的。如此深信、信解,他将证得安止。在定与慧之中,对于修止业处者,一境性强是合适的,由此他能证得安止。对于修观业处者,慧力强是合适的,由此他能通达诸相。然而,由两者的平衡也能达到安止。但在任何情况下,念都应是强有力的。因为念能守护心,既防止因信、精进、慧这些属于掉举一方的法而陷入掉举,也防止因属于懈怠一方的定而陷入懈怠。因此,如同盐在一切菜肴中不可或缺,如同辅理万务的大臣对于一切国王的事务不可或缺一样,念在一切处也都是必需的。因此世尊说:‘念在一切处都是必需的。’为什么呢?因为心以念为皈依,念的作用是守护现前,若离念,心的策励与抑制便不可能。所谓‘回避劣慧之人’,即远远回避那些对蕴等的差别无有深慧、智慧浅薄的人。所谓‘亲近有慧之人’,即亲近那些具备能执取五十相、以生灭慧为特性的观慧的人。所谓‘观察甚深智行’,即对在甚深的蕴等诸法上运转的甚深智慧,进行分别观察。所谓‘倾向于彼’,即在行住坐卧等一切时中,为令择法觉支生起,令心倾向于彼、斜向于彼、朝向于彼。显示巴利原文
Apica samādhikammikassa balavatīpi saddhā vaṭṭati. Evaṃ saddahanto okappento appanaṃ pāpuṇissati. Samādhipaññāsu pana samādhikammikassa ekaggatā balavatī vaṭṭati. Evañhi so appanaṃ pāpuṇāti. Vipassanākammikassa paññā balavatī vaṭṭati. Evañhi so lakkhaṇapaṭivedhaṃ pāpuṇāti. Ubhinnaṃ pana samatāyapi appanā hotiyeva. Sati pana sabbattha balavatī vaṭṭati. Sati hi cittaṃ uddhaccapakkhikānaṃ saddhāvīriyapaññānaṃ vasena uddhaccapātato, kosajjapakkhikena ca samādhinā kosajjapātato rakkhati. Tasmā sā loṇadhūpanaṃ viya sabbabyañjanesu, sabbakammikaamacco viya ca, sabbarājakiccesu sabbattha icchitabbā. Tenāha – ‘‘sati ca pana sabbatthikā vuttā bhagavatā, kiṃ kāraṇā? Cittañhi satipaṭisaraṇaṃ, ārakkhapaccupaṭṭhānā ca sati, na vinā satiyā cittassa paggahaniggaho hotī’’ ti. Duppaññapuggalaparivajjanā nāma khandhādibhede anogāḷhapaññānaṃ dummedhapuggalānaṃ ārakā parivajjanaṃ. Paññavantapuggalasevanā nāma samapaññāsalakkhaṇapariggāhikāya udayabbayapaññāya samannāgatapuggalasevanā. Gambhīrañāṇacariyapaccavekkhaṇā nāma gambhīresu khandhādīsu pavattāya gambhīrapaññāya pabhedapaccavekkhaṇā. Tadadhimuttatā nāma ṭhānanisajjādīsu dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgasamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ ninnapoṇapabbhāracittatā. Evaṃ uppannassa pannassa arahattamaggena bhāvanāpāripūri hotīti pajānāti.
对于精进觉支,其生起如是说:‘诸比丘,有发勤界、出离界、勇猛界。于此,持续不断地如理作意,即是食粮,能令未生的精进觉支生起,或令已生的精进觉支增长、广大、修习、圆满。’显示巴利原文
Vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, ārambhadhātu nikkamadhātu parakkamadhātu, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ uppādo hoti.
又有十一种法能令精进觉支生起:观察恶趣之恐怖、见功德、观察所行之道、恭敬钵食、观察遗产之殊胜、观察大师之殊胜、观察出身之殊胜、观察同梵行者之殊胜、回避懈怠之人、亲近精进之人,以及倾向于彼。显示巴利原文
Apica ekādasa dhammā vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti apāyabhayapaccavekkhaṇatā ānisaṃsadassāvitā gamanavīthipaccavekkhaṇatā piṇḍapātāpacāyanatā dāyajjamahattapaccavekkhaṇatā satthumahattapaccavekkhaṇatā jātimahattapaccavekkhaṇatā sabrahmacārimahattapaccavekkhaṇatā kusītapuggalaparivajjanatā āraddhavīriyapuggalasevanatā tadadhimuttatāti.
其中,地狱众生从遭受五种捆绑的刑罚开始,经历极大痛苦;畜生道的众生被网、套索、陷阱等捕获;遭受鞭笞、荆棘等打击而被迫拉车等;鬼界众生历经数千年乃至整整一佛间隔之长,备受饥渴煎熬;黑绳阿修罗仅由皮骨构成、身高六十肘或八十肘,感受风、热等痛苦——在所有这些时候,都无法生起精进觉支。比丘,现在正是你应当精进之时!如此观察恶趣可畏的人,精进觉支便会生起。显示巴利原文
Tattha nirayesu pañcavidhabandhanakammakāraṇato paṭṭhāya mahādukkhānubhavanakālepi, tiracchānayoniyaṃ jālakhipanakumīnādīhi gahitakālepi, pājanakaṇṭakādippahāratunnassa sakaṭavahanādikālepi, pettivisaye anekānipi vassasahassāni ekaṃ buddhantarampi khuppipāsāhi āturībhūtakālepi, kālakañcikaasuresu saṭṭhihatthaasītihatthappamāṇena aṭṭhicammamatteneva attabhāvena vātātapādidukkhānubhavanakālepi na sakkā vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ uppādetuṃ, ayameva te bhikkhu kālo vīriyakaraṇāyāti evaṃ apāyabhayaṃ paccavekkhantassāpi vīriyasambojjhaṅgo uppajjati.
懈怠之人无法证得九种出世间法,唯有精进者方能证得,这便是精进的功德。若能这样看到精进的功德,精进觉支也会生起。一切诸佛、独觉佛、大弟子们所行之道,是一条必须要走的道路,而此道懈怠者绝不可能行走。若能这样省察这必行之道,精进觉支也会生起。那些用食物等供养你的人们,既不是你的亲戚,也不是你的奴仆、佣人,他们并非怀着“我们要依靠他生活”的想法才布施那些殊胜的袈裟等物品。实际上,他们是期望以此布施获得大果报才布施的。即使是世尊,也并非因为看到“此比丘受用这些资具后,身体会强壮、安乐而住”,才允许你受用这些资具;而是因为看到“此人受用之后,会修习沙门法,从而从轮回的苦中解脱”,才允许你受用。现在,如果你懈怠放逸地过日子,那就不能以恭敬心来受用那团食。因为,只有精进者,才真正配得上“恭敬受用团食”这一称谓。这样省察恭敬受用团食的人,精进觉支也会生起,正如阿夷蜜多长老那样。显示巴利原文
Na sakkā kusītena navalokuttaradhammaṃ laddhuṃ, āraddhavīriyeneva sakkā ayamānisaṃso vīriyassāti evaṃ ānisaṃsadassāvinopi uppajjati. Sabbabuddhapaccekabuddhamahāsāvakehi te gatamaggo gantabbo, so ca na sakkā kusītena gantunti evaṃ gamanavīthiṃ paccavekkhantassāpi uppajjati. Ye taṃ piṇḍapātādīhi upaṭṭhahanti, ime te manussā neva ñātakā, na dāsakammakarā, nāpi taṃ nissāya jīvissāmāti te paṇītāni cīvarādīni denti. Atha kho attano kārānaṃ mahapphalataṃ paccāsīsamānā denti. Satthārāpi ‘‘ayaṃ ime paccaye paribhuñjitvā kāyadaḷhībahulo sukhaṃ viharissatī’’ti na evaṃ sampassatā tuyhaṃ paccayā anuññātā. Atha kho ‘‘ayaṃ ime paribhuñjamāno samaṇadhammaṃ katvā vaṭṭadukkhato muccissatī’’ti te paccayā anuññātā, so dāni tvaṃ kusīto viharanto na taṃ piṇḍaṃ apacāyissati. Āraddhavīriyasseva hi piṇḍapātāpacāyanaṃ nāma hotīti evaṃ piṇḍapātāpacāyanaṃ paccavekkhantassāpi uppajjati ayyamittattherassa viya.
据说,长老住在一处名为农夫窟的地方。在他托钵的村庄里,有位大近事女把长老当作儿子一般照料。一天,大近事女前往森林时,对女儿说:“女儿啊,陈米放在那里,酥油在那边,牛奶在那边,糖浆在那边。等你阿夷蜜多哥哥来的时候,你煮好饭,配上牛奶、酥油和糖浆供养他,你自己也吃一些。我呢,昨天已经把留给行自恣者的剩饭,拌着酸粥吃掉了。”女儿问:“妈妈,那你白天吃什么呢?”母亲说:“女儿,你就放些菜叶,用碎米给我煮点酸粥留着就行。”显示巴利原文
Thero kira kassakaleṇe nāma paṭivasati. Tassa ca gocaragāme ekā mahāupāsikā theraṃ puttaṃ katvā paṭijaggati. Sā ekadivasaṃ araññaṃ gacchantī dhītaraṃ āha – ‘‘amma, asukasmiṃ ṭhāne purāṇataṇḍulā, asukasmiṃ sappi, asukasmiṃ khīraṃ, asukasmiṃ phāṇitaṃ, tava bhātikassa ayyamittassa āgatakāle bhattaṃ pacitvā khīrasappiphāṇitehi saddhiṃ dehi, tvañca bhuñjeyyāsi. Ahaṃ pana hiyyo pakkapārivāsikabhattaṃ kañjiyena bhuttāmhī’’ti. Divā kiṃ bhuñjissasi ammā,ti? Sākapaṇṇaṃ pakkhipitvā kaṇataṇḍulehi ambilayāguṃ pacitvā ṭhapehi ammā,ti.
长老披上袈裟,正要取出钵时,听到这个声音,便自我告诫:“听说大近事女自己只用酸粥佐着残饭,白天还要吃菜末酸粥,可是为了我,却指点着陈米等物。她并非依靠你而指望从你这里得到田地、财物、食物、衣物;她是为希求三种成就而行布施的。你能给予她这些成就吗?然而,这一团食,你不可带着贪、嗔、痴去受用。”于是,他把钵收进钵袋,解开绳结,转身返回农夫窟,将钵放在床下,袈裟挂在袈裟架上,并下决意:“不证得阿拉汉果,我便不出此门!”随后坐下,精勤努力。这位长久安住、毫不懈怠的比丘,修习观(毗婆舍那),在午前即证得阿拉汉果,犹如盛开的莲花。这位大阿拉汉面带微笑而坐。住在窟门树上的天神宣说了优陀那:显示巴利原文
Thero cīvaraṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ nīharantova taṃ saddaṃ sutvā attānaṃ ovadi ‘‘mahāupāsikā kira kañjiyena pārivāsikabhattaṃ bhuñji, divāpi kaṇapaṇṇambilayāguṃ bhuñjissati , tuyhaṃ atthāya pana purāṇataṇḍulādīni ācikkhati, taṃ nissāya kho panesā neva khettaṃ na vatthuṃ na bhattaṃ na vatthaṃ paccāsīsati, tisso pana sampattiyo patthayamānā deti, tvaṃ etissā tā sampattiyo dātuṃ sakkhissasi, na sakkhissasīti, ayaṃ kho pana piṇḍapāto tayā sarāgena sadosena samohena na sakkā gaṇhitu’’nti pattaṃ thavikāya pakkhipitvā gaṇṭhikaṃ muñcitvā nivattitvā kassakaleṇameva gantvā pattaṃ heṭṭhāmañce cīvaraṃ cīvaravaṃse ṭhapetvā ‘‘arahattaṃ apāpuṇitvā na nikkhamissāmī’’ti vīriyaṃ adhiṭṭhahitvā nisīdi. Dīgharattaṃ appamatto hutvā nivutthabhikkhu vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā purebhattameva arahattaṃ patvā vikasamānamiva padumaṃ mahākhīṇāsavo sitaṃ karontova nisīdi. Leṇadvāre rukkhamhi adhivatthā devatā –
‘‘Namo te purisājañña, namo te purisuttama; Yassa te āsavā khīṇā, dakkhiṇeyyosi mārisā’’ti. –
宣说完优陀那后,她说:“尊者,像您这样的阿拉汉们入村乞食,那些老妇人供养之后,便能从苦中解脱!”长老起身,打开门,看了看时辰,知道“还是清晨”,便拿起衣钵,进入村庄。显示巴利原文
Udānaṃ udānetvā ‘‘bhante, piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ tumhādisānaṃ arahantānaṃ bhikkhaṃ datvā mahallakitthiyo dukkhā muccissantī’’ti āha. Thero uṭṭhahitvā dvāraṃ vivaritvā kālaṃ olokento ‘‘pātoyevā’’ti ñatvā pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ pāvisi.
少女也已备好饭食,坐在那里望着门口,心想:“我哥哥现在就要来了,现在就要来了。”当长老来到家门口时,她接过钵,盛满拌了酥油和糖浆的乳团食,放到他手中。长老说了声“愿你幸福安乐”,做了祝福后便离开了。她一直目送着他离去。那时,长老的肤色极为清净,诸根明澈,面容犹如脱却束缚的熟棕榈果一般,极为光亮。显示巴利原文
Dārikāpi bhattaṃ sampādetvā ‘‘idāni me bhātā āgamissati, idāni āgamissatī’’ti dvāraṃ olokayamānā nisīdi. Sā there gharadvāraṃ sampatte pattaṃ gahetvā sappiphāṇitayojitassa khīrapiṇḍapātassa pūretvā hatthe ṭhapesi. Thero ‘‘sukhaṃ hotū’’ti anumodanaṃ katvā pakkāmi. Sāpi taṃ olokayamānā aṭṭhāsi. Therassa hi tadā ativiya parisuddho chavivaṇṇo ahosi, vippasannāni indriyāni, mukhaṃ bandhanā pavuttatālapakkaṃ viya ativiya virocittha.
大近事女从森林回来后,问道:“女儿,你哥哥来了吗?”少女便把一切情况告诉了她。近事女明白了:“今天我儿子的出家事业已臻究竟。”于是说:“女儿,你哥哥乐于佛陀的教法,不会厌倦。”显示巴利原文
Mahāupāsikā araññā āgantvā ‘‘kiṃ, amma, bhātiko te āgato’’ti pucchi. Sā sabbaṃ taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesi. Upāsikā ‘‘ajja mama puttassa pabbajitakiccaṃ matthakaṃ patta’’nti ñatvā ‘‘abhiramati te, amma, bhātā buddhasāsane, na ukkaṇṭhatī’’ti āha.
然而,这七圣财,即是导师的遗产,确实极为广大,懈怠之人是无法获得的。正如父母会将行为不正的儿子视为‘这不是我们的儿子’,把他排除在外,双亲去世后,他便得不到遗产;同样地,懈怠者也不能获得这圣财的遗产,唯有精进之人才能得到。如此省思遗产的广大,精进便会生起。显示巴利原文
Mahantaṃ kho panetaṃ satthudāyajjaṃ yadidaṃ satta ariyadhanāni nāma, taṃ na sakkā kusītena gahetuṃ. Yathā hi vippaṭipannaṃ puttaṃ mātāpitaro ‘‘ayaṃ amhākaṃ aputto’’ti paribāhiraṃ karonti, so tesaṃ accayena dāyajjaṃ na labhati, evaṃ kusītopi idaṃ ariyadhanadāyajjaṃ na labhati, āraddhavīriyova labhatīti dāyajjamahattaṃ paccavekkhatopi uppajjati.
再者,你的导师确实极为伟大。当导师在入母胎结生、出离、正等觉、转法轮、示现双神变、从天降下、舍寿行,乃至般涅槃之时,一万世界都为之震动。你在如此伟大的导师教法中出家,却以懈怠度日,这合理吗?如此省思导师的伟大,精进便会生起。显示巴利原文
Mahā kho pana te satthā, satthuno hi te mātukucchismiṃ paṭisandhigaṇhanakālepi abhinikkhamanepi abhisambodhiyampi dhammacakkappavattanayamakapāṭihāriyadevorohanaāyusaṅkhāravossajjanesupi parinibbānakālepi dasasahassilokadhātu akampittha, yuttaṃ nu te evarūpassa satthu sāsane pabbajitvā kusītena bhavitunti evaṃ satthumahattaṃ paccavekkhatopi uppajjati.
就出身而言,你如今也并非出身低贱之辈。你出生于从未中断、由大众推选的摩诃三摩多王所传下的甘蔗王族种姓,是净饭大王和摩诃摩耶夫人的孙子,罗睺罗贤者的弟弟。像你这样身为胜者之子的人,却放任懈怠而度日,这是极不应当的。如此省思出身的伟大,精进便会生起。显示巴利原文
Jātiyāpi tvaṃ idāni na lāmakajātiko, asambhinnāya mahāsammatapaveṇiyā āgataukkākarājavaṃse jātosi, suddhodanamahārājassa ca mahāmāyādeviyā ca nattā, rāhulabhaddassa kaniṭṭho, tayā nāma evarūpena jinaputtena hutvā na yuttaṃ kusītena viharitunti evaṃ jātimahattaṃ paccavekkhatopi uppajjati.
舍利弗、大目犍连以及八十位大弟子,都是依凭精进而证得出世间法的。你作为这些同梵行者的同行者,是否正行于这条道路?像这样省思同梵行者的殊胜,精进也会随之生起。显示巴利原文
Sāriputtamahāmoggallānā ceva asīti ca mahāsāvakā vīriyeneva lokuttaradhammaṃ paṭivijjhiṃsu, tvaṃ etesaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ maggaṃ paṭipajjasi, na paṭipajjasīti evaṃ sabrahmacārimahattaṃ paccavekkhatopi uppajjati.
如同吃饱后便躺卧不动的蟒蛇一般,那些身心精进都已松懈的懈怠者,应当远离;已发起精进、志向坚定的人,则应当亲近。在站立、安坐等种种威仪中,为了令精进生起而使心倾向、趋入、专注于此,精进也会生起。当精进这样生起之后,他知道:通过阿拉汉道,修习便能达到圆满。显示巴利原文
Kucchiṃ pūretvā ṭhitaajagarasadise vissaṭṭhakāyikacetasikavīriye kusītapuggale parivajjantassāpi āraddhavīriye pahitatte puggale sevantassāpi ṭhānanisajjādīsu vīriyuppādanatthaṃ ninnapoṇapabbhāracittassāpi uppajjati. Evaṃ uppannassa panassa arahattamaggena bhāvanāpāripūri hotīti pajānāti.
喜觉支的生起,是这样确立的:‘诸比丘,有作为喜觉支所依处的法。对此多做如理作意,就是使未生起的喜觉支得以生起,或使已生起的喜觉支增长、广大、修习圆满的食。’此处所说的‘喜觉支所依处之法’,即指喜本身;而能令喜生起的作意,就称为‘如理作意’。显示巴利原文
Pītisambojjhaṅgassa ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, pītisambojjhaṅgaṭṭhānīyā dhammā, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ uppādo hoti . Tattha pītiyeva pītisambojjhaṅgaṭṭhānīyā dhammā nāma. Tassā uppādakamanasikāro yonisomanasikāro nāma.
此外,有十一种法能令喜觉支生起:佛随念、法随念、僧随念、戒随念、舍随念、天随念、寂止随念、远离粗劣的人、亲近柔和的人、省思令人净信的经典,以及心倾向于这些。比丘随念佛陀的功德,全身遍满喜受,乃至近行定,喜觉支便生起;随念法与僧的功德时,也是如此。长时间圆满无缺地持守四种遍净戒,省思此戒时,喜觉支也会生起;在家居士省思自己所持的十戒或五戒时,也是如此。在遭遇饥荒等怖畏时,把美味食物布施给同梵行者后,省思‘我们作了这样的布施’的舍功德,喜觉支就会生起;在家居士在类似情形下,省思自己布施给持戒者时,也是如此。随念自己具足那些使诸天证得天界的功德时,同样会生起;省思藉由证得等至而被镇伏的烦恼,在长达六十年、七十年间都不曾现起,此时也会生起。应当远离那些见到佛塔、菩提树或长老时心不恭敬,心地粗糙、干涩,对佛等没有净信、没有润泽感的人——他们就像驴背上的灰尘一样粗劣;对那些对佛等充满净信、心性柔和润泽的人,应当亲近。省思阐明三宝功德、能令人净信的经典时,也是如此。在站立、安坐等威仪中,为了使喜生起而将心倾向于此,喜觉支便生起。显示巴利原文
Apica ekādasa dhammā pītisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti buddhānussati, dhamma, saṅgha , sīla, cāga, devatānussati upasamānussati lūkhapuggalaparivajjanatā siniddhapuggalasevanatā pasādanīyasuttantapaccavekkhaṇatā tadadhimuttatāti. Buddhaguṇe anussarantassāpi hi yāva upacārā sakalasarīraṃ pharamāno pītisambojjhaṅgo uppajjati, dhammasaṅghaguṇe anussarantassāpi, dīgharattaṃ akhaṇḍaṃ katvā rakkhitaṃ catupārisuddhisīlaṃ paccavekkhantassāpi, gihinopi dasasīlaṃ pañcasīlaṃ pañcavekkhantassāpi, dubbhikkhabhayādīsu paṇītabhojanaṃ sabrahmacārīnaṃ datvā ‘‘evaṃ nāma adamhā’’ti cāgaṃ paccavekkhantassāpi, gihinopi evarūpe kāle sīlavantānaṃ dinnadānaṃ paccavekkhantassāpi, yehi guṇehi samannāgatā devatā devattaṃ pattā, tathārūpānaṃ guṇānaṃ attani atthitaṃ paccavekkhantassāpi, samāpattiyā vikkhambhitā kilesā saṭṭhipi sattatipi vassāni na samudācarantīti paccavekkhantassāpi, cetiyadassanabodhidassanatheradassanesu asakkaccakiriyāya saṃsūcitalūkhabhāve buddhādīsu pasādasinehābhāvena gadrabhapiṭṭhe rajasadise lūkhapuggale parivajjantassāpi, buddhādīsu pasādabahule muducitte siniddhapuggale sevantassāpi, ratanattayaguṇaparidīpake pasādanīyasuttante paccavekkhantassāpi, ṭhānanisajjādīsu pītiuppādanatthaṃ ninnapoṇapabbhāracittassāpi uppajjati. Evaṃ uppannassa panassa arahattamaggena bhāvanāpāripūri hotīti pajānāti.
轻安觉支的生起是这样的:‘诸比丘,有身轻安与心轻安。对此多做如理作意,这就是使未生起的轻安觉支生起,或使已生起的轻安觉支增长、广大、修习圆满的食。’显示巴利原文
Passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, kāyapassaddhi cittapassaddhi, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ uppādo hoti.
此外,有七种法能令轻安觉支生起:食用殊胜的食物、受用适宜的气候与威仪、运用中道的精进、远离躁动身的人、亲近轻安身的人,以及心倾向于这些。食用殊胜、润泽、合宜的食物,安住在冷热适中的气候中,行住坐卧等威仪皆合适、恰当地受用,轻安便会生起。不过,如果是大人种性,能够忍受一切气候和威仪,那么这句话就不是针对他说的。只有那些对气候、威仪有适应与不适应差别的人,才需要避开不相应的气候和威仪,受用相应的。‘中道的精进’是指省思‘业是自己所有’。以这种中道的精进,轻安便能生起。那些手持土块、棍棒等恼害他人、四处行走的人,是‘躁动身的人’,应当远离;举止摄护手足、身体轻安的‘轻安身的人’,应当亲近。在站立、安坐等威仪中,为了使轻安生起而将心倾向、偏向、专注于此,轻安便会生起。当轻安觉支如此生起后,他知道:通过阿拉汉道,便能修习圆满。显示巴利原文
Apica satta dhammā passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti paṇītabhojanasevanatā utusukhasevanatā iriyāpathasukhasevanatā majjhattapayogatā sāraddhakāyapuggalaparivajjanatā passaddhakāyapuggalasevanatā tadadhimuttatāti. Paṇītañhi siniddhaṃ sappāyabhojanaṃ bhuñjantassāpi, sītuṇhesu ca utūsu ṭhānādīsu ca iriyāpathesu sappāyautuñca iriyāpathañca sevantassāpi passaddhi uppajjati. Yo pana mahāpurisajātiko sabbautuiriyāpathakkhamo hoti, na taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Yassa sabhāgavisabhāgatā atthi, tasseva visabhāge utuiriyāpathe vajjetvā sabhāge sevantassa uppajjati. Majjhattapayogo vuccati attano ca parassa ca kammassakatāpaccavekkhaṇā. Iminā majjhattapayogena uppajjati. Yo leḍḍudaṇḍādīhi paraṃ viheṭhayamāno vicarati, evarūpaṃ sāraddhakāyaṃ puggalaṃ parivajjantassāpi, saṃyatapādapāṇiṃ passaddhakāyaṃ puggalaṃ sevantassāpi, ṭhānanisajjādīsu passaddhiuppādanatthāya ninnapoṇapabbhāracittassāpi uppajjati. Evaṃ uppannassa panassa arahattamaggena bhāvanāpāripūri hotīti pajānāti.
定觉支的生起方式如下:‘诸比丘,有止相、有不乱相。于此多做如理作意,这便是使未生起的定觉支得以生起,或使已生起的定觉支增长、广大、修习圆满的食。’其中,‘止’本身即是‘止相’,亦名‘不乱相’,这是就‘不散乱’的意义而说的。显示巴利原文
Samādhisambojjhaṅgassa ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, samathanimittaṃ abyagganimittaṃ, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro, anuppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ uppādo hoti. Tattha samathova samathanimittaṃ avikkhepaṭṭhena ca abyagganimittanti.
此外,有十一种法能令定觉支生起:事清净行、根平等行道成就、相善巧、应时策励心、应时抑制心、应时令心喜悦、应时舍置心、远离未得定者、亲近已得定者、观察禅那与解脱,以及心倾向于这些。其中,事清净行与根平等行道成就,可依前文所说之理了知。显示巴利原文
Apica ekādasa dhammā samādhisambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti vatthuvisadakiriyatā indriyasamattapaṭipādanatā nimittakusalatā samaye cittassa paggaṇhanatā samaye cittassa niggaṇhanatā samaye sampahaṃsanatā samaye ajjhupekkhanatā asamāhitapuggalaparivajjanatā samāhitapuggalasevanatā jhānavimokkhapaccavekkhaṇatā tadadhimuttatāti. Tattha vatthuvisadakiriyatā ca indriyasamattapaṭipādanatā ca vuttanayeneva veditabbā.
‘相善巧’即善于持取遍相(似相)的善巧。‘应时策励心’:当心由于精进过于松懈等原因而变得昏沉时,此时便以发起择法觉支、精进觉支、喜觉支来策励它。‘应时抑制心’:当心由于精进发动过强等原因而掉举时,此时便以发起轻安觉支、定觉支、舍觉支来抑制它。‘应时令心喜悦’:当心由于慧的运用迟钝,或未证得寂止之乐而变得乏味时,此时便以观察八种悚惧事而激发悚惧感,并以随念三宝功德而生起净信。这就是应时令心喜悦。八种悚惧事即:生、老、病、死,第五是恶趣之苦,第六是过去轮回根本之苦,第七是未来轮回根本之苦,第八是现在求食根本之苦。显示巴利原文
Nimittakusalatā nāma kasiṇanimittassa uggahaṇakusalatā. Samaye cittassa paggaṇhanatāti yasmiṃ samaye atisithilavīriyatādīhi līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayavīriyapītisambojjhaṅgasamuṭṭhāpanena tassa paggaṇhanaṃ. Samaye cittassa paggaṇhanatāti yasmiṃ samaye āraddhavīriyatādīhi uddhataṃ cittaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ samaye passaddhisamādhiupekkhāsambojjhaṅgasamuṭṭhāpanena tassa niggaṇhanaṃ. Samaye sampahaṃsanatāti yasmiṃ samaye cittaṃ paññāpayogamandatāya vā upasamasukhānadhigamena vā nirassādaṃ hoti, tasmiṃ samaye aṭṭhasaṃvegavatthupaccavekkhaṇena saṃvejeti . Aṭṭha saṃvegavatthūni nāma jāti jarā byādhi maraṇāni cattāri, apāyadukkhaṃ pañcamaṃ, atīte vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, anāgate vaṭṭamūlakaṃ dukkhaṃ, paccuppanne āhārapariyeṭṭhimūlakaṃ dukkhanti. Ratanattayaguṇānussaraṇena ca pasādaṃ janeti, ayaṃ vuccati ‘‘samaye sampahaṃsanatā’’ti.
“适时舍置心”:当依正确行道,心已不昏沉、不掉举、不沉闷,于所缘平等转起,进入奢摩他行道时,便不再对它作策励、抑制或令喜悦的加行,犹如车夫对已平稳奔驰的马一样。这称为“适时舍置心”。“远离未得定之人”:即远离那些未达近行定或安止定、心散乱的人。“亲近已得定之人”:即亲近、交往、承事那些以近行定或安止定心得定的人。“心倾向于彼”:即在行、住、坐、卧等中,心只为了生起定而低垂、朝向、倾向。如此修行者,此觉支便生起。生起后,他以阿罗汉道令其修习圆满,他如此了知。显示巴利原文
Samaye ajjhupekkhanatā nāma yasmiṃ samaye sammāpaṭipattiṃ āgamma alīnaṃ anuddhataṃ anirassādaṃ ārammaṇe samappavattaṃ samathavīthipaṭipannaṃ cittaṃ hoti, tadāssa paggahaniggahasampahaṃsanesu na byāpāraṃ āpajjati, sārathi viya samappavattesu assesu. Ayaṃ vuccati – ‘‘samaye ajjhupekkhanatā’’ti. Asamāhitapuggalaparivajjanatā nāma upacāraṃ vā appanaṃ vā appattānaṃ vikkhittacittānaṃ puggalānaṃ ārakā parivajjanaṃ. Samāhitapuggalasevanā nāma upacārena vā appanāya vā samāhitacittānaṃ sevanā bhajanā payirupāsanā. Tadadhimuttatā nāma ṭhānanisajjādīsu samādhiuppādanatthaṃyeva ninnapoṇapabbhāracittatā. Evañhi paṭipajjato esa uppajjati. Evaṃ uppannassa panassa arahattamaggena bhāvanāpāripūri hotīti pajānāti.
舍觉支的生起如是:“诸比丘,有舍觉支相应法,于此多修如理作意,是为未生舍觉支生起之食,亦为已生舍觉支增长、广大、修习圆满之食。”其中,舍觉支相应法即是舍本身。显示巴利原文
Upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa ‘‘atthi, bhikkhave, upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṭṭhānīyā dhammā, tattha yonisomanasikārabahulīkāro, ayamāhāro anuppannassa vā upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya, uppannassa vā upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya bhāvanāya pāripūriyā saṃvattatī’’ti evaṃ uppādo hoti. Tattha upekkhāva upekkhāsambojjhaṅgaṭṭhānīyā dhammā nāma.
此外,有五种法引生舍觉支:对众生中舍、对诸行中舍、远离耽著众生及诸行之人、亲近对众生及诸行中舍之人、心倾向于彼。其中,以两种方式生起对众生中舍:观察业的所有性——“你由自己的业而来,也将由自己的业而去,此人亦由自己的业而来,由自己的业而去,你顾恋谁呢?”以及观察无众生——“从究竟义上,众生实不可得,你顾恋谁呢?”以两种方式生起对诸行中舍:观察无主人性——“这件衣服将逐渐变色、变旧,成为擦脚布后,被丢在棍端;若它有主人,怎会允许它如此毁坏呢?”以及观察暂时性——“此是无常的,是暂时的。”如同对衣服,对钵等也应如此类推。显示巴利原文
Apica pañca dhammā upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa uppādāya saṃvattanti sattamajjhattatā saṅkhāramajjhattatā sattasaṅkhārakelāyanapuggalaparivajjanatā sattasaṅkhāramajjhattapuggalasevanatā tadadhimuttatāti. Tattha dvīhākārehi sattamajjhattataṃ samuṭṭhāpeti ‘‘tvaṃ attano kammena āgantvā attanova kammena gamissasi, esopi attanova kammena āgantvā attanova kammena gamissati, tvaṃ kaṃ kelāyasī’’ti evaṃ kammassakatāpaccavekkhaṇena, ‘‘paramatthato sattoyeva natthi, so tvaṃ kaṃ kelāyasī’’ti evaṃ nissattapaccavekkhaṇena cāti. Dvīhevākārehi saṅkhāramajjhattataṃ samuṭṭhāpeti – ‘‘idaṃ cīvaraṃ anupubbena vaṇṇavikāratañceva jiṇṇabhāvañca upagantvā pādapuñchanacoḷakaṃ hutvā yaṭṭhikoṭiyā chaḍḍanīyaṃ bhavissati, sace panassa sāmiko bhaveyya, nāssa evaṃ vinassituṃ dadeyyā’’ti evaṃ assāmikabhāvapaccavekkhaṇena ca, ‘‘anaddhaniyaṃ idaṃ tāvakālika’’nti evaṃ tāvakālikabhāvapaccavekkhaṇena cāti. Yathā ca cīvare, evaṃ pattādīsupi yojanā kātabbā.
「远离耽著众生及诸行之人」:在此,若有在家人顾恋自己的儿女等,或有出家人顾恋自己的弟子、同住、亲教师等,亲手为他们剃发、缝补、洗染袈裟、煮钵等,片刻不见便如迷鹿般四处张望:「某沙弥在哪里?某下座比丘在哪里?」当有人为剃发等事请求说「请暂时让某某过来」时,他却说:「我们自己尚且不让他做自己的事,你们把他带走,岂不会令他劳累?」因此不肯放人。此人便称为耽著众生者。显示巴利原文
Sattasaṅkhārakelāyanapuggalaparivajjanatāti ettha yo puggalo gihi vā attano puttadhītādike, pabbajito vā attano antevāsikasamānupajjhāyakādike mamāyati, sahattheneva nesaṃ kesacchedanasūcikammacīvaradhovanarajanapattapacanādīni karoti, muhuttampi apassanto ‘‘asuko sāmaṇero kuhiṃ asuko daharo kuhi’’nti bhantamigo viya ito cito ca oloketi, aññena kesacchedanādīnaṃ atthāya ‘‘muhuttaṃ asukaṃ pesethā’’ti yāciyamānopi ‘‘amhepi taṃ attano kammaṃ na kārema, tumhe naṃ gahetvā kilamessathā’’ti na deti, ayaṃ sattakelāyano nāma.
若有人顾恋衣、钵、器皿、刀子、手杖等,甚至不许他人用手触碰,当他人暂借时,他说:「我们自己因顾恋这些物品,尚且不轻易使用,又能给你们什么呢?」此人便称为耽著诸行者。若对这两种对象皆保持中舍、漠然,此人便称为对众生及诸行中舍者。如是,此舍觉支,对于远离如是耽著众生及诸行之人者,对于亲近对众生及诸行中舍之人者,以及在行、住、坐、卧中,内心为令其生起而低垂、朝向、倾向者,便会生起。生起之后,他以阿罗汉道令修习圆满,他如此了知。显示巴利原文
Yo pana cīvarapattathālakakattarayaṭṭhiādīni mamāyati, aññassa hatthena parāmasitumpi na deti, tāvakālikaṃ yācito ‘‘mayampi idaṃ mamāyantā na paribhuñjāma, tumhākaṃ kiṃ dassāmā’’ti vadati, ayaṃ saṅkhārakelāyano nāma. Yo pana tesu dvīsupi vatthūsu majjhatto udāsino, ayaṃ sattasaṅkhāramajjhatto nāma. Iti ayaṃ upekkhāsambojjhaṅgo evarūpaṃ sattasaṅkhārakelāyanapuggalaṃ ārakā parivajjantassāpi, sattasaṅkhāramajjhattapuggalaṃ sevantassāpi, ṭhānanisajjādīsu taduppādanatthaṃ ninnapoṇapabbhāracittassāpi uppajjati. Evaṃ uppannassa panassa arahattamaggena bhāvanāpāripūri hotīti pajānāti.
如此,「或于内」等:即通过如此观察自己的七觉支,或观察他人的,或一时观察自己的觉支,一时观察他人的觉支,而安住于随观法为法。此处,觉支的集与灭,应从生起与灭去的角度来理解。此后,所说的方法皆同前。不过,此处将摄持觉支的念作为苦谛,如此配合之后,应了知摄持觉支的比丘的解脱门。其余部分与此相同。显示巴利原文
Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ attano vā satta sambojjhaṅge pariggaṇhitvā, parassa vā, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa sambojjhaṅge pariggaṇhitvā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudayavayā panettha sambojjhaṅgānaṃ nibbattinirodhavasena veditabbā. Ito paraṃ vuttanayameva. Kevalañhi idha bojjhaṅgapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccanti evaṃ yojanaṃ katvā bojjhaṅgapariggāhakassa bhikkhuno niyyānamukhaṃ veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
四谛分注释显示巴利原文
Catusaccapabbavaṇṇanā
386 如此,以七觉支分别法随观之后,现在为以四圣谛分别,而宣说“再者,诸比丘……”等起首之语。在此,“他如实了知‘这是苦’”意为:除了渴爱,他对三界诸法如其自性而了知“这是苦”;对那能生苦、令苦生起的先前渴爱,他如其自性而了知“这是苦的集”;对彼二者不再转起的涅槃,他如其自性而了知“这是苦的灭”;对遍知苦、断集、证灭的圣道,他如其自性而了知“这是导至苦灭之道”。这便是此句的义趣。关于圣谛的其余论述,除于“生”等词句分解的辨析之外,在《清净道论》中已详尽阐明。显示巴利原文
386. Evaṃ sattabojjhaṅgavasena dhammānupassanaṃ vibhajitvā idāni catusaccavasena vibhajituṃ puna caparantiādimāha. Tattha idaṃ dukkhanti yathābhūtaṃ pajānātīti ṭhapetvā taṇhaṃ tebhūmakadhamme ‘‘idaṃ dukkha’’nti yathāsabhāvato pajānāti, tasseva kho pana dukkhassa janikaṃ samuṭṭhāpikaṃ purimataṇhaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo’’ti, ubhinnaṃ appavattinibbānaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodho’’ti, dukkhaparijānanaṃ samudayapajahanaṃ nirodhasacchikaraṇaṃ ariyamaggaṃ ‘‘ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminipaṭipadā’’ti yathāsabhāvato pajānātīti attho. Avasesā ariyasaccakathā ṭhapetvā jātiādīnaṃ padabhājanakathaṃ visuddhimagge vitthāritāyeva.
苦谛分别注释显示巴利原文
Dukkhasaccaniddesavaṇṇanā
388 在词语分解中,关于“诸比丘,什么是生?”等问句,应当明白一切问句的意趣皆为:“诸比丘,所谓‘生也是苦’,那个‘生’是什么呢?”其中,“无论哪些有情”这一句,因为没有“这些有情名为某某”的限定,故是总括一切有情的用语。“于种种有情类中”这一句,也是总括一切有情类的用语。“生”、“出生”:这是对已变异者、初生起的诸蕴的同义语。“已生”:这是对彼同一状态,以词缀修饰而显示的别称。彼“出生”,即已进入的状态,依进入之义称为“入胎”。依“再生”所摄的再生,称为“再生”。如是,此四种皆是世俗言说。而“诸蕴的显现”一句,则是胜义言说。在只有一蕴、或四蕴、或五蕴等种种分类的有情生存处,唯有诸蕴的显现,并无补特伽罗的显现;然而,当那样的显现存在时,仅由假名说“补特伽罗出现了”而已。“诸处的获得”意为:诸处正在显现时,即说为“获得”,亦即那“诸处的显现”被称为“获得”。显示巴利原文
388. Padabhājane pana katamā ca, bhikkhave, jātīti bhikkhave, yā jātipi dukkhāti evaṃ vuttā jāti, sā katamāti evaṃ sabbapucchāsu attho veditabbo. Yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānanti idaṃ ‘‘imesaṃ nāmā’’ti niyamābhāvato sabbasattānaṃ pariyādānavacanaṃ. Tamhi tamhi sattanikāyeti idampi sabbasattanikāyapariyādānavacanaṃ jananaṃ jāti savikārānaṃ paṭhamābhinibbattakkhandhānametaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sañjātīti idaṃ tassā eva upasaggamaṇḍitavevacanaṃ. Sā eva anupaviṭṭhākārena okkamanaṭṭhena okkanti. Nibbattisaṅkhātena abhinibbattanaṭṭhena abhinibbatti. Iti ayaṃ catubbidhāpi sammutikathā nāma . Khandhānaṃ pātubhāvoti ayaṃ pana paramatthakathā. Ekavokārabhavādīsu ekacatupañcabhedānaṃ khandhānaṃyeva pātubhāvo, na puggalassa, tasmiṃ pana sati puggalo pātubhūtoti vohāramattaṃ hoti. Āyatanānaṃ paṭilābhoti āyatanāni pātubhavantāneva paṭiladdhāni nāma honti, so tesaṃ pātubhāvasaṅkhāto paṭilābhoti attho.
389 “老”:这是就自性而说。“老化性”:这是就状态而说。“齿落”等以下,是就变异而说。即:在年轻时,牙齿平整洁白。当它们逐渐衰老时,便次第发生颜色变异,于各处脱落。依于已脱落与仍保留的牙齿,称为“缺齿”。缺齿的状态,即说为“齿落”。头发与体毛渐次变白,称为“白发”。具有了白发的状态,称为“白发态”。由于衰老风的打击,令血肉干枯,皮肤生起皱纹,称为“有皱皮”,其状态称为“皮皱”。至此,通过显示牙齿、头发、体毛及皮肤的变异,显示了显然可见的“显老”。显示巴利原文
389.Jarāti sabhāvaniddeso. Jīraṇatāti ākārabhāvaniddeso. Khaṇḍiccantiādi vikāraniddeso. Daharakālasmiñhi dantā samasetā honti. Teyeva paripaccante anukkamena vaṇṇavikāraṃ āpajjitvā tattha tattha pattanti. Atha patitañca ṭhitañca upādāya khaṇḍitadantā khaṇḍitā nāma. Khaṇḍitānaṃ bhāvo khaṇḍiccanti vuccati. Anukkamena paṇḍarabhūtāni kesalomāni palitāni nāma. Palitāni sañjātāni assāti palito, palitassa bhāvo pāliccaṃ. Jarāvātappahārena sositamaṃsalohitatāya valiyo tacasmiṃ assāti valittaco, tassa bhāvo valittacatā. Ettāvatā dantakesalomatacesu vikāradassanavasena pākaṭībhūtā pākaṭajarā dassitā.
正如水、风、火对草木等造成摧破或烧灼,它们所经的路径是可见的,但那条路径并非水等本身。同样地,老以齿落等变坏为迹象而变得显著,即便睁开眼也能把握到,但齿落等变坏并非老本身。因为老并非眼识所了别的对象。然而,当达到老的状态时,他的寿命会减损,因此借由果报来指代,称老为“寿命的衰损”。又因在年轻时极为清净、能轻松执取极微细境地的眼等诸根,到了老的状态时便衰熟、混乱、不明了,连粗大的境都无法执取,因此也是借由果报来指代,称老为“诸根的成熟”。显示巴利原文
Yatheva hi udakassa vā vātassa vā aggino vā tiṇarukkhādīnaṃ saṃbhaggapalibhaggatāya vā jhāmatāya vā gatamaggo pākaṭo hoti, na ca so gatamaggo tāneva udakādīni, evameva jarāya dantādīnaṃ khaṇḍiccādivasena gatamaggo pākaṭo, cakkhuṃ ummiletvāpi gayhati, na ca khaṇḍiccādīneva jarā. Na hi jarā cakkhuviññeyyā hoti. Yasmā pana jaraṃ pattassa āyu hāyati, tasmā jarā ‘‘āyuno saṃhānī’’ti phalūpacārena vuttā. Yasmā daharakāle suppasannāni sukhumampi attano visayaṃ sukheneva ca gaṇhanasamatthāni cakkhādīni indriyāni jaraṃ pattassa paripakkāni ālulitāni avisadāni oḷārikampi attano visayaṃ gahetuṃ asamatthāni honti, tasmā ‘‘indriyānaṃ paripāko’’tipi phalūpacāreneva vuttā.
390 在死的解释中,“凡”是以中性词来说明,指的是死亡。此处的连接方式是:那个被称为“死殁”的死亡,被称为“死殁性”。其中,“死殁”是就自性所作的说明。“死殁性”是就状态所作的说明。对于已达死亡者,其诸蕴既破坏,又消失不见,归于无见,因此那个死被称为“破坏、消失”。“死殁之死”,是指通常的死,而不是刹那死。“寿尽”,指临终时的寿尽。所有这些都只是世俗的言说。而“诸蕴的破坏”这一句,则是究竟义上的言说。在单蕴有等生存地中,只有或一蕴、或四蕴、或五蕴等不同分类的诸蕴坏灭,而不是补特伽罗的坏灭;只是当那种坏灭存在时,通过假名说“补特伽罗死了”而已。显示巴利原文
390. Maraṇaniddese yanti maraṇaṃ sandhāya napuṃsakaniddeso, yaṃ maraṇaṃ cutīti vuccati, cavanatāti vuccatīti ayamettha yojanā. Tattha cutīti sabhāvaniddeso. Cavanatāti ākārabhāvaniddeso. Maraṇaṃ pattassa khandhā bhijjanti ceva antaradhāyanti ca adassanaṃ gacchanti, tasmā taṃ bhedo antaradhānanti vuccati. Maccumaraṇanti maccumaraṇaṃ, na khaṇikamaraṇaṃ. Kālakiriyāti maraṇakālakiriyā. Ayaṃ sabbāpi sammutikathāva. Khandhānaṃ bhedoti ayaṃ pana paramatthakathā. Ekavokārabhavādīsu ekacatupañcabhedānaṃ khandhānaṃyeva bhedo, na puggalassa, tasmiṃ pana sati puggalo matoti vohāramattaṃ hoti.
“遗骸的舍弃”指舍弃有身。因为对于已经到达死亡的人来说,那有身就像无用的朽木一样倒下,所以称为“遗骸的舍弃”。不过,从一切方面来看,“命根的断绝”才是究竟意义上的死,这也被称为“假名死”。因为世间人正是抓住了命根断绝这一点,才说“提舍死了,弗沙死了”。显示巴利原文
Kaḷevarassa nikkhepoti attabhāvassa nikkhepo. Maraṇaṃ pattassa hi niratthaṃva kaliṅgaraṃ attabhāvo patati, tasmā taṃ kaḷevarassa nikkhepoti vuttaṃ. Jīvitindriyassa upacchedo pana sabbākārato paramatthato maraṇaṃ. Etadeva sammutimaraṇanti pi vuccati. Jīvitindriyupacchedameva hi gahetvā lokiyā ‘‘tisso mato, phusso mato’’ti vadanti.
391 “以不幸”:是指以亲属不幸等任何一种灾祸。“以苦法”:是指以杀戮、捆绑等作为苦的因由。“所触”:即被压倒、被征服。“忧”:当亲属遭遇不幸,或身陷杀戮、捆绑等任何一种灾祸时,被其所征服的人内心生起的、以忧愁为特征的忧伤。“忧伤性”:即是忧伤的状态。然而,由于此忧伤生起时,会在内部使人干涸、枯竭,因此被称为“内忧”“内涸”。显示巴利原文
391.Byasanenāti ñātibyasanādīsu yena kenaci byasanena. Dukkhadhammenāti vadhabandhādinā dukkhakāraṇena. Phuṭṭhassāti ajjhotthaṭassa abhibhūtassa. Sokoti yo ñātibyasanādīsu vā vadhabandhanādīsu vā aññatarasmiṃ sati tena abhibhūtassa uppajjati socanalakkhaṇo soko. Socitattanti socitabhāvo. Yasmā panesa abbhantare sosento parisosento uppajjati, tasmā antosoko antoparisokoti vuccati.
392 “哀号”:由于一一悲呼“我的女儿!”“我的儿子!”等而号哭,故名哀号。“悲叹”:通过逐一描述种种相貌而号哭,故名悲叹。其后两词即是它的同义修饰语。显示巴利原文
392. ‘‘Mayhaṃ dhītā, mayhaṃ putto’’ti evaṃ ādissa ādissa devanti paridevanti etenāti ādevo. Taṃ taṃ vaṇṇaṃ parikittetvā devanti etenāti paridevo. Tato parā dve tasseva bhāvaniddesā.
393 “身的”:以身净色为所依。“苦”:因具有苦的义涵,故称为苦。“不乐”:即不甜、不愉悦。“身触所生苦”:是从身触所生的苦。“不乐感受”:即是不愉悦的感受。显示巴利原文
393.Kāyikanti kāyapasādavatthukaṃ. Dukkhamanaṭṭhena dukkhaṃ. Asātanti amadhuraṃ. Kāyasamphassajaṃ dukkhanti kāyasamphassato jātaṃ dukkhaṃ. Asātaṃ vedayitanti amadhuraṃ vedayitaṃ.
394 「心的」指与心相应的。其余的解释,则如前面解说苦时所述的那样来理解。显示巴利原文
394.Cetasikanti cittasampayuttaṃ. Sesaṃ dukkhe vuttanayameva.
395 「愁」是指陷入沮丧、消沉状态的心疲劳。比愁更强烈的,称为「恼」。其后的两个词,则是说明无我、无我所状态的同义语。显示巴利原文
395.Āyāsoti saṃsīdanavisīdanākārappatto cittakilamatho. Balavataraṃ āyāso upāyāso. Tato parā dve attattaniyābhāvadīpakā bhāvaniddesā.
398 「有生法者」指具有生这种性质的事物。「欲求便生起」即贪爱生起。「啊,但愿」是希求。而「这并非仅凭欲求」是说:想要不再有生,若不修习圣道,则不可能仅以欲求达成。「这也」中的「也」,是总括此项及以下诸项。「凡以欲求」是指:通过任何方式希求不可得之物而不得,那种对不可得之物的欲求本身就是苦。此理遍于一切处。显示巴利原文
398.Jātidhammānanti jātisabhāvānaṃ. Icchā uppajjatīti taṇhā uppajjati. Aho vatāti patthanā. Na kho panetaṃ icchāyāti evaṃ jātiyā anāgamanaṃ vinā maggabhāvanaṃ na icchāya pattabbaṃ. Idampīti etampi upari sesāni upādāya pikāro. Yampicchanti yenapi dhammena alabbhaneyyavatthuṃ icchanto na labhati, taṃ alabbhaneyya vatthumhi icchanaṃ dukkhaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha.
399 在解释蕴时,「色既是色,又是取蕴」便称为「色取蕴」;于一切处皆以此类推。显示巴利原文
399. Khandhaniddese rūpañca taṃ upādānakkhandho cāti rūpupādānakkhandho evaṃ sabbattha.
关于集谛解释的注释。显示巴利原文
Samudayasaccaniddesavaṇṇanā
400 「那种贪爱」(yāyaṃ taṇhā)即“这贪爱”。「导致再有」(ponobbhavikā):令再有生起名为再有,以令再生为其自性,故称导致再有。「与喜贪俱行」(nandīrāgena saha gatā):与喜贪一同转起,也就是在本质上合为一体。「于处处欢喜」(tatratatrābhinandinī):无论在何处获得自体,便在那里欢喜;或于色等诸所缘中处处欢喜,即欢喜色、欢喜声、欢喜香、欢喜味、欢喜触、欢喜法。「seyyathidaṃ」是引出下文的词,意为“那是什么呢?”。“欲爱”(kāmataṇhā):对五种欲乐的贪染,这是对欲乐之贪的名称。「有爱」(bhavataṇhā):对有之贪爱,这是以希求有而生起的、与常见共俱的、对色界及无色界之有的贪染,以及对禅那之耽著的异名。「非有爱」(vibhavataṇhā):对非有之贪爱,这是与断见共俱之贪染的异名。显示巴利原文
400.Yāyaṃ taṇhāti yā ayaṃ taṇhā. Ponobbhavikāti punabbhavakaraṇaṃ punobbhavo, punobbhavo sīlaṃ assāti ponobbhavikā. Nandīrāgena saha gatāti nandīrāgasahagatā. Nandīrāgena saddhiṃ atthato ekattameva gatāti vuttaṃ hoti. Tatratatrābhinandinīti yatra yatra attabhāvo, tatra tatra abhinandinī. Rūpādīsu vā ārammaṇesu tatra tatra abhinandinī, rūpābhinandinī sadda, gandha, rasa, phoṭṭhabba, dhammābhinandinīti attho. Seyyathidanti nipāto. Tassa sā katamā ceti attho. Kāme taṇhā kāmataṇhā, pañcakāmaguṇikarāgassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Bhave taṇhā bhavataṇhā, bhavapatthanāvasena uppannassa sassatadiṭṭhisahagatassa rūpārūpabhavarāgassa ca jhānanikantiyā cetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Vibhave taṇhā vibhavataṇhā, ucchedadiṭṭhisahagatarāgassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ.
如今,为详细显示那贪爱的所依处,而说“sā kho panesā”等语。其中,「生起」(uppajjati)意思是产生。「坚住」(nivisati)意思是依著重复转起而得安立。「世间中可爱、可意之物」(yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ):世间中那些具有令人喜爱之本性,以及甘美之本性的事物。在“眼在世间是可爱的、可意的”等语句中,因世间有情对眼等以我所执而固著,当有所成就时,便会依于在镜面等处取相的方式,将眼想像成是清净的五净色,如同黄金宫殿中敞开的宝石狮窗;将耳想像成银制的管筒,或如腰带之线;将被称为“高鼻”的鼻,想像成安设的黄色颜料团;将舌想像成一张柔软、细滑、甘甜的红毛毯片;将身想像成色罗树干,或如黄金拱门;将意想像成与他人之意全然不同,无比殊胜。又认为色如同金钱花、翅子树花之色等;声如同迷醉的驯鸟、杜鹃,或低声轻鸣的宝石笛音;对于自己所获得的四种所生香等所缘,则想:“别人谁能有这样的呢?”于如此想像的他们,那些眼等便成为可爱与可意的。显示巴利原文
Idāni tassā taṇhāya vatthuṃ vitthārato dassetuṃ sā kho panesātiādimāha. Tattha uppajjatīti jāyati. Nivisatīti punappunaṃ pavattivasena patiṭṭhahati. Yaṃ loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpanti yaṃ lokasmiṃ piyasabhāvañceva madhurasabhāvañca. Cakkhu loketiādīsu lokasmiñhi cakkhādīsu mamattena abhiniviṭṭhā sattā sampattiyaṃ patiṭṭhitā attano cakkhuṃ ādāsatalādīsu nimittaggahaṇānusārena vippasannaṃ pañcapasādaṃ suvaṇṇavimāne ugghāṭitamaṇisīhapañjaraṃ viya maññanti, sotaṃ rajatapanāḷikaṃ viya, pāmaṅgasuttaṃ viya ca maññanti, ‘‘tuṅganāsā’’ti laddhavohāraṃ ghānaṃ vaṭṭitvā ṭhapitaharitālavaṭṭaṃ viya maññanti, jivhaṃ rattakambalapaṭalaṃ viya mudusiniddhamadhurasadaṃ maññanti, kāyaṃ sālalaṭṭhiṃ viya, suvaṇṇatoraṇaṃ viya ca maññanti, manaṃ aññesaṃ manena asadisaṃ uḷāraṃ maññanti. Rūpaṃ suvaṇṇakaṇikārapupphādivaṇṇaṃ viya, saddaṃ mattakaravīka kokilamandadhamitamaṇivaṃsanigghosaṃ viya, attanā paṭiladdhāni catusamuṭṭhānikagandhārammaṇādīni ‘‘kassaññassa evarūpāni atthī’’ti maññanti. Tesaṃ evaṃ maññamānānaṃ tāni cakkhādīni piyarūpāni ceva sātarūpāni ca honti. Atha nesaṃ tattha anuppannā ceva taṇhā uppajjati , uppannā ca taṇhā punappunaṃ pavattivasena nivisati. Tasmā bhagavā ‘‘cakkhu loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā uppajjamānā uppajjatī’’tiādimāha. Tattha uppajjamānāti yadā uppajjamānā hoti, tadā ettha uppajjatīti attho. Esa nayo sabbattha.
关于灭谛解释的注释。显示巴利原文
Nirodhasaccaniddesavaṇṇanā
401 “无余离贪灭尽”等,全都是涅槃的同义词。因为依止涅槃,贪爱彻底离染、灭尽,所以它被称为“对那贪爱的无余离贪灭尽”。又因为依止涅槃,贪爱被舍断、被遣除、被解脱、不再执着,所以涅槃被称为“舍、遣、解脱、无着”。涅槃实际上唯有一种,但因与一切有为法的名称相对立,故有许多名称。例如:无余离贪、无余灭尽、舍、遣、解脱、无着、贪尽、瞋尽、痴尽、爱尽、不生、不转起、无相、无愿、不积集、不结生、不再生、无去处、无生、无老、无病、不死、无愁、无悲、无恼、无杂染。显示巴利原文
401.Asesavirāganirodhotiādīni sabbāni nibbānavevacanāneva. Nibbānañhi āgamma taṇhā asesā virajjati nirujjhati, tasmā taṃ ‘‘tassāyeva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho’’ti vuccati. Nibbānañca āgamma taṇhā cajiyati paṭinissajjiyati vimuccati na allīyati, tasmā nibbānaṃ ‘‘cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo’’ti vuccati. Ekameva hi nibbānaṃ, nāmāni panassa sabbasaṅkhatānaṃ nāmapaṭipakkhavasena anekāni honti. Seyyathidaṃ, asesavirāgo asesanirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo taṇhakkhayo anuppādo appavattaṃ animittaṃ appaṇihitaṃ anāyūhanaṃ appaṭisandhi anupapatti agati ajātaṃ ajaraṃ abyādhi amataṃ asokaṃ aparidevaṃ anupāyāsaṃ asaṃkiliṭṭhanti.
现在,为了显示由圣道所断的贪爱,以及依止涅槃而不再转起的贪爱,于其所依处不复存在,故说“sā kho panesā”等。其中,犹如有人见到田里生长的苦瓜藤,从顶端寻其根而切断,它便逐渐枯萎,归于无施设。于是便可以说:“某处的苦瓜在那田里被斩断、除灭了。”同样,于眼等处,贪爱犹如田中的苦瓜。它以圣道从根切断,依止涅槃而不再转起。如此不转起之后,于其所依处,便如田中的苦瓜一样不再显现。显示巴利原文
Idāni maggena chinnāya nibbānaṃ āgamma appavattipattāyapi ca taṇhāya yesu vatthūsu tassā uppatti dassitā, tattheva abhāvaṃ dassetuṃ sā kho panesātiādimāha. Tattha yathā puriso khette jātaṃ tittaalābuvalliṃ disvā aggato paṭṭhāya mūlaṃ pariyesitvā chindeyya, sā anupubbena milāyitvā apaññattiṃ gaccheyya. Tato tasmiṃ khette tittaalābu niruddhā pahīnāti vucceyya, evameva khette tittaalābu viya cakkhādīsu taṇhā. Sā ariyamaggena mūlacchinnā nibbānaṃ āgamma appavattiṃ gacchati. Evaṃ gatā pana tesu vatthūsu khette tittaalābu viya na paññāyati.
又如有人从森林里抓捕盗贼,带到城的南门处决,于是人们说“森林里的盗贼死了”或“被杀了”。同样,于眼等处,贪爱犹如森林里的盗贼。那贪爱如同在南门被处决的盗贼一样,依止涅槃而灭尽,故于涅槃中已灭。如此灭尽之后,于其所依处,便如森林中的盗贼不再显现一样,贪爱亦不再显现。因此,为示其即于彼处灭去,而说:“眼在世间是可喜、可意的,在此,贪爱正断时便于此断,正灭时便于此灭尽”等。显示巴利原文
Yathā ca aṭavito core ānetvā nagarassa dakkhiṇadvāre ghāteyyuṃ, tato aṭaviyaṃ corā matāti vā māritāti vā vucceyyuṃ, evaṃ aṭaviyaṃ corā viya cakkhādīsu taṇhā. Sā dakkhiṇadvāre corā viya nibbānaṃ āgamma niruddhattā nibbāne niruddhā. Evaṃ niruddhā panetesu vatthūsu aṭaviyaṃ corā viya na paññāyati, tenassā tattheva nirodhaṃ dassento ‘‘cakkhu loke piyarūpaṃ sātarūpaṃ, etthesā taṇhā pahīyamānā pahīyati, ettha nirujjhamānā nirujjhatī’’tiādimāha.
关于道谛解释的注释。显示巴利原文
Maggasaccaniddesavaṇṇanā
402 “这就是”:这是为了排除其他道路而作的确定之说。“圣”:因为远离了那些各道所应断的烦恼,也由于能成就圣者之位的缘故,所以称为圣。以“于苦智”等语句揭示了四谛业处。其中,前两个谛属于轮回,后两个谛属于出离。对于这位比丘,于轮回二谛有对业处的执持修习,于出离二谛则无执取。因为前二谛,即“五蕴是苦,渴爱是集”,行者既要简要地学习,又要依“什么是五蕴?色蕴……”等方式从师处详细学习之后,通过反复读诵文句而作意业处,瑜伽行者便是如此修习的。对于后二谛,灭谛令人满意、可爱、悦意,道谛同样令人满意、可爱、悦意——他是通过如是听闻来修习的。当他如此修习时,以一次通达即能通达四谛,以一次现观即能现观。以遍知通达而通达苦,以断除通达而通达集,以作证通达而通达灭,以修习通达而通达道。以遍知现观……乃至以修习现观而现观道。像这样,在预备阶段,他对前二谛有学习、遍问、听闻、持诵、思惟通达,对后二谛则只有听闻通达。在修习阶段,对前三谛有作用通达,对显示巴利原文
402.Ayamevāti aññamaggapaṭikkhepanatthaṃ niyamanaṃ. Ariyoti taṃ taṃ maggavajjhehi kilesehi ārakattā ariyabhāvakarattā ca ariyo. Dukkhe ñāṇantiādinā catusaccakammaṭṭhānaṃ dassitaṃ. Tattha purimāni dve saccāni vaṭṭaṃ, pacchimāni vivaṭṭaṃ. Tesu bhikkhuno vaṭṭe kammaṭṭhānābhiniveso hoti, vivaṭṭe natthi abhiniveso. Purimāni hi dve saccāni ‘‘pañcakkhandhā dukkhaṃ, taṇhā samudayo’’ti evaṃ saṅkhepena ca ‘‘katame pañcakkhandhā, rūpakkhandho’’tiādinā nayena vitthārena ca ācariyassa santike uggaṇhitvā vācāya punappunaṃ parivattento yogāvacaro kammaṃ karoti. Itaresu pana dvīsu saccesu nirodhasaccaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpaṃ, maggasaccaṃ iṭṭhaṃ kantaṃ manāpanti evaṃ savanena kammaṃ karoti. So evaṃ karonto cattāri saccāni ekapaṭivedheneva paṭivijjhati ekābhisamayena abhisameti. Dukkhaṃ pariññāpaṭivedhena paṭivijjhati, samudayaṃ pahānapaṭivedhena, nirodhaṃ sacchikiriyāpaṭivedhena, maggaṃ bhāvanāpaṭivedhena paṭivijjhati. Dukkhaṃ pariññābhisamayena…pe… maggaṃ bhāvanābhisamayena abhisameti. Evamassa pubbabhāge dvīsu saccesu uggahaparipucchāsavanadhāraṇasammasanapaṭivedho hoti, dvīsu pana savanapaṭivedhoyeva. Aparabhāge tīsu kiccato paṭivedho hoti, nirodhe ārammaṇapaṭivedho. Paccavekkhaṇā pana pattasaccassa hoti. Ayañca ādikammiko, tasmā sā idha na vuttā.
而且,这位比丘在之前的摄持阶段,并没有“我遍知苦,我断除集,我作证灭,我修习道”这样的转向、等持、作意、省察;从摄持以后才有。在后来的修习阶段,则苦已被遍知……乃至道已被修习。其中,有二谛因难见而称甚深,有二谛因甚深而称难见。苦谛从生起方面看是很明显的:例如被树桩、棘刺所伤等时,人们也会说“哎哟,苦”。集谛也从求食之欲、喜食之欲等生起而显得明显。但从通达其特相来说,两者都是甚深的。因此,它们因难见而甚深。为了见到后二谛所付出的努力,就像为了触摸梵天顶而伸展手臂,为了触到无间地狱而伸出脚,又好像将一百根劈开的毛发尖端对接在一起那样难。所以,它们因甚深而难见。针对这种因难见而甚深、因甚深而难见的四谛,在学习等预备智慧生起的阶段,佛陀说了“于苦智”等。但在通达的刹那,那种智慧只有一种。显示巴利原文
Imassa ca bhikkhuno pubbe pariggahato ‘‘dukkhaṃ parijānāmi, samudayaṃ pajahāmi, nirodhaṃ sacchikaromi, maggaṃ bhāvemī’’ti ābhogasamannāhāramanasikārapaccavekkhaṇā natthi, pariggahato paṭṭhāya hoti. Aparabhāge pana dukkhaṃ pariññātameva…pe… maggo bhāvitova hoti. Tattha dve saccāni duddasattā gambhīrāni, dve gambhīrattā duddasāni. Dukkhasaccañhi uppattito pākaṭaṃ, khāṇukaṇṭakapahārādīsu ‘‘aho dukkha’’nti vattabbatampi āpajjati. Samudayampi khāditukāmatābhuñjitukāmatādivasena uppattito pākaṭaṃ. Lakkhaṇapaṭivedhato pana ubhayampi gambhīraṃ. Iti tāni duddasattā gambhīrāni. Itaresaṃ pana dvinnaṃ dassanatthāya payogo bhavaggagahaṇatthaṃ hatthappasāraṇaṃ viya avīciphusanatthaṃ pādappasāraṇaṃ viya satadhā bhinnassa vālassa koṭiyā koṭipādanaṃ viya ca hoti. Iti tāni gambhīrattā duddasāni. Evaṃ duddasattā gambhīresu gambhīrattā ca duddasesu catūsu saccesu uggahādivasena pubbabhāgañāṇuppattiṃ sandhāya idaṃ dukkhe ñāṇantiādi vuttaṃ. Paṭivedhakkhaṇe pana ekameva taṃ ñāṇaṃ hoti.
“出离思惟”等,由于与“离欲想”、“离恚想”、“离害想”的不同,在加行阶段是各各不同的;但在道刹那,在这三处,由于截断了所生起的不善恶思惟的相续,而以令其不再生起的方式成就道支,所生起的善思惟只有一个。这就叫做“正思惟”。显示巴利原文
Nekkhammasaṅkappādayo kāmabyāpādavihiṃsāviramaṇasaññānaṃ nānattā pubbabhāge nānā, maggakkhaṇe pana imesu tīsu ṭhānesu uppannassa akusalasaṅkappassa padapacchedato anuppattisādhanavasena maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamāno ekova kusalasaṅkappo uppajjati. Ayaṃ sammāsaṅkappo nāma.
‘离妄语’等,也因‘离妄语’等想之差异,在加行阶段各各不同;但在道刹那,于这四处生起的不善恶戒之思,以截断相续、令不再生的方式成就道支,唯有单一的善离生起。此即名为‘正语’。显示巴利原文
Musāvādāveramaṇiādayopi musāvādādīhi viramaṇasaññānaṃ nānattā pubbabhāge nānā, maggakkhaṇe pana imesu catūsu ṭhānesu uppannāya akusaladussīlyacetanāya padapacchedato anuppattisādhanavasena maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva kusalaveramaṇī uppajjati. Ayaṃ sammāvācā nāma .
‘离杀生’等,也因‘离杀生’等想之差异,在加行阶段各各不同;但在道刹那,于这三处生起的不善恶戒之思,以不造作、截断相续、令不再生的方式成就道支,唯有单一的善离生起。此即名为‘正业’。显示巴利原文
Pāṇātipātāveramaṇiādayopi pāṇātipātādīhi viramaṇasaññānaṃ nānattā pubbabhāge nānā, maggakkhaṇe pana imesu tīsu ṭhānesu uppannāya akusaladussīlyacetanāya akiriyato padapacchedato anuppattisādhanavasena maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva kusalaveramaṇī uppajjati, ayaṃ sammākammanto nāma.
‘邪命’:指为了硬食、软食等目的而发动的身语恶行。‘舍弃’:即避开。‘以正命’:即以佛陀所赞叹的谋生方式。‘维持生命’:令生命得以延续。正命也同样,因离诡诈等想之差异,在加行阶段各各不同;但在道刹那,于这七个处所生起的邪命恶戒之思,以截断相续、令不再生的方式成就道支,唯有单一的善离生起。此即名为‘正命’。显示巴利原文
Micchāājīvanti khādanīyabhojanīyādīnaṃ atthāya pavattitaṃ kāyavacīduccaritaṃ. Pahāyāti vajjetvā. Sammāājīvenāti buddhapasatthena ājīvena. Jīvitaṃ kappetīti jīvitappavattiṃ pavatteti. Sammāājīvopi kuhanādīhi viramaṇasaññānaṃ nānattā pubbabhāge nānā, maggakkhaṇe pana imesuyeva sattasu ṭhānesu uppannāya micchājīvadussīlyacetanāya padapacchedato anuppattisādhanavasena maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva kusalaveramaṇī uppajjati, ayaṃ sammāājīvo nāma.
「未生」:指在某一期生命中,或面对那样的所缘时,自己未曾生起的那些法。当见到他人现起时,心想:“啊,但愿我千万不要生起这样的恶不善法。”——这是为了使未生的恶不善法不生起。
「生起志欲」:即为了实践令它们不生的行道,而生起精进的意愿。
「策励」:即施加策励。
「发勤精进」:即发起精进。
「令心勇悍」:即以精进使心勇悍。
「策厉」:意为“纵使只剩皮、筋、骨,也当坚忍精进”。显示巴利原文
Anuppannānanti ekasmiṃ vā bhave tathārūpe vā ārammaṇe attano na uppannānaṃ. Parassa pana uppajjamāne disvā ‘‘aho vata me evarūpā pāpakā akusaladhammā na uppajjeyyu’’nti evaṃ anuppannānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ anuppādāya. Chandaṃ janetīti tesaṃ anuppādakapaṭipattisādhakaṃ vīriyachandaṃ janeti. Vāyamatīti vāyāmaṃ karoti. Vīriyaṃ ārabhatīti vīriyaṃ pavatteti. Cittaṃ paggaṇhātīti vīriyena cittaṃ paggahitaṃ karoti. Padahatīti kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatūti padahanaṃ pavatteti.
「已生」:指由于现行,自己过去曾生起的那些恶不善法。如今心想“我将不再生起那样的法”——为了断除它们而生起志欲。
「未生的善」:指尚未证得的初禅等善法。
「已生的善」:指那些已经证得的善法。
「为安住」:通过反复现起、保持相续,使它们安住。
「为不忘失」:为了令它们不消亡。
「为增长」:为了令其更上层楼。
「为广大」:为了达到广大的状态。
「为修习圆满」:为了令修习臻于圆满。
此「正精进」,在加行阶段,由于未生恶令不生等心意之别而有种种差别,但在道刹那,即于四种处所中,以成就这四种作用而圆满道支,所生起的善精进唯有一种。这就称为「正精进」。显示巴利原文
Uppannānanti samudācāravasena attano uppannapubbānaṃ. Idāni tādise na uppādessāmīti tesaṃ pahānāya chandaṃ janeti. Anuppannānaṃ kusalānanti appaṭiladdhānaṃ paṭhamajjhānādīnaṃ. Uppannānanti tesaṃyeva paṭiladdhānaṃ. Ṭhitiyāti punappunaṃ uppattipabandhavasena ṭhitatthaṃ. Asammosāyāti avināsanatthaṃ. Bhiyyobhāvāyāti uparibhāvāya. Vepullāyāti vipulabhāvāya. Bhāvanāya pāripūriyāti bhāvanāya paripūraṇatthaṃ. Ayampi sammāvāyāmo anuppannānaṃ akusalānaṃ anuppādanādicittānaṃ nānattā pubbabhāge nānā, maggakkhaṇe pana imesuyeva catūsu ṭhānesu kiccasādhanavasena maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānaṃ ekameva kusalavīriyaṃ uppajjati. Ayaṃ sammāvāyāmo nāma.
「正念」:在加行阶段,由于执取身等的心念有种种不同,正念也有种种差别;但在道刹那,正念于四种处所中,成就其作用而圆满道支,所生起的念唯有一味。这就是「正念」。显示巴利原文
Sammāsatipi kāyādipariggāhakacittānaṃ nānattā pubbabhāge nānā, maggakkhaṇe pana catūsu ṭhānesu kiccasādhanavasena maggaṅgaṃ pūrayamānā ekāva sati uppajjati. Ayaṃ sammāsati nāma.
“禅那”在预备阶段与道刹那中皆有不同:预备阶段因等至的差别而有不同,道刹那则因道的种类而有不同。对于同一个人,若初道是初禅道,第二道等可能是初禅道,也可能是第二禅等中某一种禅那之道。同样,初道亦可能是第二道等中某一种禅那之道,第二道等也可能是第二道等中某一种禅那之道或初禅道。如此,依禅那而分的四种道,或者完全相同,或者完全不同,或者部分相同。此处的差别,乃由基础禅那所决定。显示巴利原文
Jhānāni pubbabhāgepi maggakkhaṇepi nānā, pubbabhāge samāpattivasena nānā, maggakkhaṇe nānāmaggavasena. Ekassa hi paṭhamamaggo paṭhamajjhāniko hoti, dutiyamaggādayopi paṭhamajjhānikā vā dutiyajjhānādīsu aññatarajhānikā vā. Ekassapi paṭhamamaggo dutiyādīnaṃ aññatarajhāniko hoti, dutiyādayopi dutiyādīnaṃ aññatarajjhānikā vā paṭhamajjhānikā vā. Evaṃ cattāropi maggā jhānavasena sadisā vā asadisā vā ekaccasadisā vā honti. Ayaṃ panassa viseso pādakajjhānaniyamena hoti.
依基础禅那的规则:证得初禅者,从初禅出起后修观,所生起的道即是初禅道,此时道支与觉支皆圆满。从第二禅出起后修观,所生起的道即是第二禅道,此时道支有七。从第三禅出起后修观,所生起的道即是第三禅道,此时道支有七,觉支有六。从第四禅出起后修观,乃至非想非非想处,道理亦然。显示巴利原文
Pādakajjhānaniyamena tāva paṭhamajjhānalābhino paṭhamajjhānā vuṭṭhāya vipassantassa uppanno maggo paṭhamajjhāniko hoti. Maggaṅgabojjhaṅgāni panettha paripuṇṇāneva honti. Dutiyajjhānato vuṭṭhāya vipassantassa uppanno dutiyajjhāniko hoti. Maggaṅgāni panettha satta honti. Tatiyajjhānato vuṭṭhāya vipassantassa uppanno tatiyajjhāniko. Maggaṅgāni panettha satta , bojjhaṅgāni cha honti. Esa nayo catutthajjhānato vuṭṭhāya yāva nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ.
言“无色界中生起四禅与五禅之道,且彼是出世间的,非世间的”,此处应如何理解?其意为:有人从初禅等出起之后,证得入流道,继而修习无色定而生于无色界;由彼具有禅那的基础,故于无色界中生起其余三道。如此,乃是基础禅那决定之。显示巴利原文
Āruppe catukkapañcakajjhānaṃ uppajjati, tañca lokuttaraṃ, no lokiyanti vuttaṃ, ettha kathanti? Etthāpi paṭhamajjhānādīsu yato vuṭṭhāya sotāpattimaggaṃ paṭilabhitvā arūpasamāpattiṃ bhāvetvā so āruppe uppanno, taṃ jhānikāvassa tattha tayo maggā uppajjanti. Evaṃ pādakajjhānameva niyameti.
然而,有些长老认为:“作为观所缘的诸蕴决定道。”有些认为:“补特伽罗的意乐决定道。”还有些认为:“导向出起的观决定道。”这些观点的抉择,应依《清净道论》中“导向出起的观”章节所述的方式来了解。显示巴利原文
Keci pana therā ‘‘vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā niyamentī’’ti vadanti. Keci ‘‘puggalajjhāsayo niyametī’’ti vadanti. Keci ‘‘vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanā niyametī’’ti vadanti. Tesaṃ vādavinicchayo visuddhimagge vuṭṭhānagāminivipassanādhikāre vuttanayeneva veditabbo.
“比丘们,此名为正定”:此即在加行阶段为世间、在后续阶段为出世间的正定,即名正定。显示巴利原文
Ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammāsamādhīti ayaṃ pubbabhāge lokiyo aparabhāge lokuttaro sammāsamādhīti vuccati.
“如是于内”:意思是这样:或把握自己的四圣谛,或把握他人的四圣谛,或有时把握自己的、有时把握他人的四圣谛,而安住于法随观法。而这里的“集与灭”,对于四圣谛,应按照各自可能的情况,从生起与还灭的方面来理解。此后所说,皆同前文。唯此处,能把握四圣谛的正念,当知是以“苦圣谛”等关联之后,成为把握圣谛的比丘趣向解脱之门,余者同前。显示巴利原文
Iti ajjhattaṃ vāti evaṃ attano vā cattāri saccāni pariggaṇhitvā, parassa vā, kālena vā attano, kālena vā parassa cattāri saccāni pariggaṇhitvā dhammesu dhammānupassī viharati. Samudayavayā panettha catunnaṃ saccānaṃ yathāsambhāvato uppattinivattivasena veditabbā. Ito paraṃ vuttanayameva. Kevalañhi idha catusaccapariggāhikā sati dukkhasaccanti evaṃ yojanaṃ katvā saccapariggāhakassa bhikkhuno niyyānamukhaṃ veditabbaṃ, sesaṃ tādisamevāti.
404 至此,总共有二十一种业处:安般念部分、四威仪部分、四正知部分、三十二身分、四界差别、九种墓观、受随观、心随观、盖之把握、蕴之把握、处之把握、觉支之把握、圣谛之把握。其中,安般念、三十二身分以及九种墓观,这十一种为安止业处。但长部诵者大尸婆长老说:‘九种墓观是依过患随观而说。’因此,依他的观点,安止业处只有两种,其余皆属近行业处。那么,在这些业处中,是否每一种都会生起投入呢?并非如此。在威仪、正知、盖、觉支这些业处中,不会生起投入;在其余业处中则会生起。然而大尸婆长老说:‘在这些业处中也会生起投入,因为修习者会如是决断:我是否具足四威仪?我是否具足四正知?我是否有五盖?我是否成就七觉支?’据此,一切业处皆可生起投入。显示巴利原文
404. Ettāvatā ānāpānapabbaṃ catuiriyāpathapabbaṃ catusampajaññapabbaṃ dvattiṃsākāraṃ catudhātuvavatthānaṃ navasivathikā vedanānupassanā cittānupassanā nīvaraṇapariggaho khandhapariggaho āyatanapariggaho bojjhaṅgapariggaho saccapariggahoti ekavīsati kammaṭṭhānāni. Tesu ānāpānaṃ dvattiṃsākāraṃ navasivathikāti ekādasa appanākammaṭṭhānāni honti. Dīghabhāṇakamahāsīvatthero pana ‘‘navasivathikā ādīnavānupassanāvasena vuttā’’ti āha. Tasmā tassa matena dveyeva appanākammaṭṭhānāni, sesāni upacārakammaṭṭhānāni. Kiṃ panetesu sabbesu abhiniveso jāyatīti? Na jāyati. Iriyāpathasampajaññanīvaraṇabojjhaṅgesu hi abhiniveso na jāyati, sesesu jāyatīti. Mahāsīvatthero panāha ‘‘etesupi abhiniveso jāyati. Ayañhi ‘atthi nu kho me cattāro iriyāpathā udāhu natthi, atthi nu kho me catusampajaññaṃ udāhu natthi, atthi nu kho me pañcanīvaraṇā udāhu natthi, atthi nu kho me sattabojjhaṅgā udāhu natthī’ti evaṃ pariggaṇhāti. Tasmā sabbattha abhiniveso jāyatī’’ti.
“诸比丘,无论任何人”:诸比丘,即无论比丘、比丘尼、近事男或近事女。“若如是修习”:即依从最初所说的修习次第而修习。“可预期”:意谓值得期待、应当希求、必定成就。“究竟智”:指阿拉汉果。“若有余依时”:若仍有剩余的执取,尚未完全断尽时。“不来果”:即证得不来者的境界。显示巴利原文
Yo hi koci, bhikkhaveti yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu vā bhikkhunī vā upāsako vā upāsikā vā. Evaṃ bhāveyyātiādito paṭṭhāya vuttena bhāvanānukkamena bhāveyya. Pāṭikaṅkhanti paṭikaṅkhitabbaṃ icchitabbaṃ avassaṃbhāvīti attho. Aññāti arahattaṃ. Sati vā upādiseseti upādānasese vā sati aparikkhīṇe. Anāgāmitāti anāgāmibhāvo.
如此,以七年为限,显示了教法的出离导向性后,为说明即便在更短的时间内亦能成就,世尊便说:“比丘们,且安住……”等语。这一切皆是针对中等根器的可引导者而说;至于利根者,则说:“早上受教诫,傍晚即证殊胜;傍晚受教诫,次晨即证殊胜。”世尊如是开示:“比丘们,我的教法正是如此导引。”之后,在结尾以阿拉汉果为顶峰,结束了于二十一处所开示的法义,并说:“诸比丘,此是唯一之道……(中略)依如是所说,即为此而说。”其余文句,其义甚明。开示结束时,有三万比丘证得阿拉汉果。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sattannaṃ vassānaṃ vasena sāsanassa niyyānikabhāvaṃ dassetvā puna tato appatarepi kāle dassento tiṭṭhantu, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Sabbampi cetaṃ majjhimassa veneyyapuggalassa vasena vuttaṃ, tikkhapaññaṃ pana sandhāya ‘‘pātova anusiṭṭho sāyaṃ visesaṃ adhigamissati, sāyaṃ anusiṭṭho pāto visesaṃ adhigamissatī’’ti vuttaṃ. Iti bhagavā ‘‘evaṃ niyyānikaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāsana’’nti dassetvā ekavīsatiyāpi ṭhānesu arahattanikūṭena desitaṃ desanaṃ niyyātento ‘‘ekāyano ayaṃ, bhikkhave, maggo…pe… iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ, idametaṃ paṭicca vutta’’nti āha. Sesaṃ uttānatthamevāti. Desanāpariyosāne pana tiṃsa bhikkhusahassāni arahatte patiṭṭhahiṃsūti.